PUBLIC

2025-09-17

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

© 2025 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

THE BEST RUN

Content

1 Welcome to the SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2 Signing Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3 Log In to SAP Signavio Process Modeler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

4 Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.1 What Kind of SAP Signavio User Am I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.2 The BPM Academic Initiative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.3 Navigation Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.4 Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

5 Subscription Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.1 Today's Top Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

6 Explorer Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.1 The Explorer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.2 The Explorer view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3 Viewing diagram details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
6.4 Working with Folders and Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

7 Modeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.1 Create a Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Creating a BPMN Diagram with AI-assisted process modeler, text to process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
7.2 Editor Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
7.3 Open and Save Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
7.4 Editor Toolbar and Keyboard Shortcuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
7.5 Add and Connect Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7.6 Move and Change Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
7.7 Format Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.8 Work with Modeling Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7.9 Process Hierarchies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.10 Create Subprocesses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.11 Add Live Insights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
7.12 Add Links to SAP Signavio Process Insights Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.13 Link to Files in Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.14 Display Attribute Overlays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.15 Compare Revisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.16 Custom Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

2 PUBLIC Content
8 Modeling Notations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
8.1 Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Model a BPMN Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Set BPMN attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Responsibility assignment according to RACI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Setting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Create views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
FIM attributes for public administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Frequently asked questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
8.2 Decision Model and Notation (DMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Model a Decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Define a decision logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Define a hit policy and the completeness requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Using Advanced Literal Expressions (Functions in DMN Decision Elements). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Link DMN elements and diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Create dictionary entries for input or output data in decisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
The DMN Test Lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
DMN Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Comparing DMN diagrams and revisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
8.3 Value Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8.4 Case Management Model and Notation (CMMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Creating and Editing CMMN Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Integrating CMMN Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8.5 Navigation Maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Manage Navigation Maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Navigation Map Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

9 Modeling with QuickModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

9.1 QuickModel Editor Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
9.2 Create a Diagram with QuickModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9.3 Edit a Diagram with QuickModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

10 Variant Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

10.1 Variant Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Process Template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
Process Variant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Dimensions and Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
10.2 Variant Management in the Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.3 Variant Management in the Notification and Activity Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

11 The Dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Content PUBLIC 3
11.1 Working with the Dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
11.2 Use the dictionary while modeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Overwrite dictionary entries locally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
11.3 Merging Dictionary Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
11.4 Recommendations: Dictionary Content Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
11.5 Tutorial: How to Use the Dictionary as a Modeler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

12 Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

13 Organizing Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

14 The Notification and Activity Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

15 Collaboration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
15.1 Inviting Modelers to Edit a Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
15.2 Sharing a Diagram from the Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
15.3 Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
15.4 Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
15.5 Inviting Users to Access a Diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
15.6 Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
15.7 Creating Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
15.8 Granting Read-Only Access to Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
15.9 Execute Processes in SAP Signavio Process Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
15.10 Working with Approval Workflows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
15.11 Translating Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

16 Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
16.1 Generating Process Documentation Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
16.2 Responsibility Assignment Matrix / RACI Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
16.3 Responsibility Handovers Matrix Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
16.4 IT System Usage Matrix Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
16.5 Job Profile Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
16.6 Risk & Controls Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
16.7 Modeling Conventions Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
16.8 Document Usage Matrix Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
16.9 Process Characteristics with Element Details Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
16.10 Process Model Metrics Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
16.11 Creating Quantitative Process Analysis Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
16.12 Process Cost Analysis Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
16.13 Resource Consumption Analysis Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
16.14 User/Group Assignment Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
16.15 Viewing Governance Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
16.16 Workspace and Process Model Usage Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

4 PUBLIC Content
17 SAP Signavio Value Accelerators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
17.1 Value Accelerator Library for SAP Signavio Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
17.2 Accessing and Deleting Installed Accelerators in SAP Signavio Process Modeler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

18 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
18.1 Import an SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
18.2 Import a BPMN 2.0 XML Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
18.3 Import the APQC Process Classification Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
18.4 Importing an ARIS Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
18.5 Import a Microsoft Visio Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
18.6 Upload Documents and Pictures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
18.7 Import Dictionary Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

19 Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
19.1 Export Dictionary Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
19.2 Export a Diagram as PDF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
19.3 Export a Diagram as an Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
19.4 Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
19.5 Export a BPMN Diagram as XML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
19.6 Export a Diagram as XML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
19.7 Export a DMN Diagram as XML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
19.8 Export DMN Diagrams as Drools Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
19.9 Translate Content with PO Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

20 Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

20.1 Manually Syncing BPMN Diagrams to SAP Cloud ALM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
20.2 Enabling Automatic Syncing to SAP Cloud ALM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
20.3 BPMN Objects Supported for Synchronization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
20.4 Navigating between Synchronized Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
20.5 Viewing the Log for Diagrams Synced to SAP Cloud ALM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

21 Publishing Diagrams to External Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

21.1 Enabling Diagram Embedding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
21.2 Embed a Diagram as an Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
21.3 Embedding Diagrams as HTML Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
21.4 Supported Blog and Content Management Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

22 Help and Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

23 Workspace Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Content PUBLIC 5
1 Welcome to the SAP Signavio Process
Modeler User Guide

If you are new to SAP Signavio, we recommend to read the sections First steps with SAP Signavio Process
Modeler [page 10] and What kind of SAP Signavio user am I? [page 11].

If you are already familiar with SAP Signavio Process Modeler, navigate the table of content on the left or use
the search to find the sections that are most relevant to you.

For additional information, take a look at:

• Featured Videos
• Tutorial Videos
• SAP Signavio Blog
• White Papers
• SAP community page for SAP Signavio

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

6 PUBLIC Welcome to the SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide
2 Signing Up

Learn how to create and access your SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite account.

SAP Signavio is a web-based application. Use your existing account email and password to log in to the SAP
Signavio Process Transformation Suite [page 8].

• If you need to register for the software at [Link] , choose (more options) and
Free Trial.
• If you received an invitation email to the SAP Signavio software, select the link in the email to get to the
page.

 Note

• The email address you use to sign up cannot contain the German umlauts (such as ä, ö, ü) as special
characters.
• If you register for a trial account with an email address that has been invited to join a SAP Signavio
workspace, this license will be automatically added to your new account.
• When you receive an invitation email, use this same email address to sign up with the proper license.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Signing Up PUBLIC 7
3 Log In to SAP Signavio Process Modeler

How to log in to SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite and get access to all SAP Signavio products. How
to log in when you received a shared link.

Browser Compatibility

SAP Signavio supports all popular browsers. For a detailed description of the supported browsers, see Browser
Compatibility.

Log In With Your Account Credentials

After you've created your SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite account (see Signing Up), use your
account email and password to log in.

In the case that your workspace administrator has created the account for you, you received an email to reset
your password. When SSO is enabled for your workspace, you log in using a shared link.

1. Go to the login page:

• [Link] (region: Australia)
• [Link] (region: Canada)
• [Link] (region: Europe)
• [Link] (region: Japan)
• [Link] (region: Korea)
• [Link] (region: Singapore)
• [Link] (region: US)
2. Enter your account email and password and click Login.
If you receive the error message that the login with email and password is disabled, SSO is enforced for
your workspace and you need to you log in using a shared link.
3. Select your workspace and choose Login. SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub launchpad opens.
4. In the top navigation bar, choose the SAP Signavio product that you need, using the  app switcher.

Log In Using a Shared Link

When SSO is enabled for your workspace, you log in through a shared link. The link is shared with you, for
example, in an invitation email or on a wiki page.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

8 PUBLIC Log In to SAP Signavio Process Modeler
  Note

We recommend that you bookmark the shared link for future logins. Depending on your workspace
configuration, you might only be able to log in to SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite through
the shared link.

1. Select the link.

2. Follow the steps you see on the screen. Your account is authenticated by a third-party application.
3. After successful login, the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub launchpad opens.
4. In the top navigation bar, choose the SAP Signavio product that you need, using the  app switcher.

Related Information

Customized Launchpad Sections

Subscription Settings [page 17]
Explorer Overview [page 18]
Modeling [page 29]
Modeling with QuickModel [page 184]
Search [page 221]
Collaboration [page 231]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Log In to SAP Signavio Process Modeler PUBLIC 9
4 Getting Started

This chapter provides an overview of the features of SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

The Explorer

After logging in, the explorer opens in your browser. It allows you to navigate through diagrams and files stored
in your workspace. Here you can create new diagrams and publish them in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub or share them by other means. As SAP Signavio supports open standards, importing diagrams from
other systems is easy. In the explorer, you can adjust your personal settings. Administrators can also configure
workspace settings here. For details, see Explorer Overview [page 18].

The Editor

The editor can be accessed by opening a diagram or creating a new one. Using the editor, you can create and
edit all kinds of supported diagrams. For details, see section Modeling [page 29].

QuickModel

QuickModel gives you the possibility to create simple BPMN-diagrams in seconds by use of a spreadsheet-like
interface. Diagrams created in this application can be edited in the editor like any other diagram to add
complexity or update the process. See section Modeling with QuickModel [page 184] for details.

The Dictionary

The dictionary [page 200] allows you to manage and re-use specific modeling elements. It also allows you
to ensure all your modelers are using the same terms and elements in your organization-specific modeling
environment.

SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

The launchpad of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub provides access to your published process
landscape, see section Your launchpad.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

10 PUBLIC Getting Started
The Diagram and Revision Comparison Tool

The diagram and revision comparison tool helps you to keep track of changes. See section Comparing revisions
[page 63] for details.

Support

Our team is constantly improving and extending SAP Signavio Process Modeler. You will find the latest version
number and our release notes at What's New.

Do you have any questions?

Contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me. For more information, see Reporting an Issue in
the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

You can also send a support request from the editor. Go to the user menu and select Send feedback from the
drop-down list.

Related Information

Explorer Overview [page 18]

Working with Folders and Diagrams [page 25]
Modeling [page 29]

4.1 What Kind of SAP Signavio User Am I

The following sections explain the different user types of SAP Signavio Process Modeler. If you already know in
what way you would like to use the software, you can select the topic that is relevant for you.

I Am a Business Process (BPMN) Modeler

Learn how to collaboratively model business processes in Business Process Model and Notation (BPMN) with
SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

In section Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN), you learn how to create, edit, and work with
BPMN diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Getting Started PUBLIC 11
I Am a Business Decision Modeler

Use the Decision Manager to model business decisions in a structured and formalized manner all stakeholders
can easily understand using the Decision Model and Notation (DMN). Integrate your DMN diagrams
seamlessly into your BPMN process landscape.

In the section Decision Model and Notation (DMN) [page 98], you learn about creating, editing and managing
decision diagrams.

I'd Like to Create a Process Diagram, but Don't Know BPMN Very Well

Learn how to use the QuickModel to create valid BPMN processes through a spreadsheet-like interface.
Create your first processes in just a couple of minutes or add and maintain element attributes in a fast and
well-structured manner.

In the section QuickModel [page 184], you learn how to use the application to quickly create BPMN diagrams.

I Am a SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub User

Get to know SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. View process diagrams and discuss them with your
colleagues.

In the section Your launchpad, you learn how to use the tool to work on diagrams together with colleagues and
external stakeholders.

I Want to Review and Approve Diagrams Before They Are Released

Make use of a Approval Workflows to ensure that diagrams have been approved by specific users or user
groups before they are published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

In the section Approval workflows [page 243], you learn how to start and work with approval workflows.

I Am a Workspace Administrator

Learn how to configure your workspace in order to get the most out of SAP Signavio Process Modeler and to
maximize the benefit considering the unique needs of your organization.

Moreover, learn how to integrate SAP Signavio products into your organization's IT infrastructure and enable
smooth and hassle-free process, business decision and enterprise architecture documentation, utilizing your
existing IT systems to the fullest extent.

As a workspace administrator, you will find information about configuring the software in the Workspace
Administration [page 320]section of the manual.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

12 PUBLIC Getting Started
4.2 The BPM Academic Initiative

The BPM Academic Initiative is a joint program of SAP Signavio and several international universities
to support business process management in academic teaching and research. As part of the Academic
Initiative, SAP Signavio allows students and teachers to use the academic process modeling platform at
[Link] for free, given the purpose is non-commercial and non-productive.

Note the following differences between SAP Signavio's academic platform and the commercial offering:

• It is illegal to use the academic platform for commercial or productive purposes.

• All content users create on the academic platform may be made publicly available for research purposes (if
requested, anonymized).
• SAP Signavio doesn't provide any performance or availability guarantees for the academic platform.
SAP Signavio may deploy code to the academic platform before it is deemed mature enough for our
commercial systems.
• The focus of the academic platform is process modeling. Many advanced process management and
collaboration features are not available. The same applies to document uploads and interfaces for system
integrations.
• While SAP Signavio generally handles requests from users of our academic platform, questions and issues
of paying customers are given a higher priority. SAP Signavio doesn't commit to responding to inquiries of
users of the academic platform within a specific timeframe.

If you accidentally registered for the Academic Initiative at [Link] , please create a new
account for one of the following systems:

• [Link] (region: Australia)

• [Link] (region: Canada)
• [Link] (region: Europe)
• [Link] (region: Japan)
• [Link] (region: Korea)
• [Link] (region: Singapore)
• [Link] (region: US)

If you want to transfer your data from the academic platform to one of our production systems, proceed as
follows:

Contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me. For more information, see Reporting an Issue in
the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Getting Started PUBLIC 13
4.3 Navigation Bar

Learn the actions you can take in the navigation bar at the top of your view.

Check Your Location

The navigation bar displays the label of SAP Signavio Process Modeler, helping you easily identify your current
product. This is useful if you navigate back and forth between SAP Signavio products and workspaces.

Check Your Available Actions

The navigation bar allows for quick access to common functions across SAP Signavio products. Each product
displays a navigation bar with its own product-specific available icons.

Actions for SAP Signavio Process Modeler

• SAP Signavio logo: Select the logo to navigate back to your current working product's home page.
•  (Search): Use the search function to find the content you're looking for.
•  ((Built-In Support): Search the support knowledge base or create support tickets directly within the
application. For more information, see Help and Support [page 319].
•  (Notifications): Check a list of your active or past notifications. For more information, see The
Notification and Activity Feed [page 225].
•  (Feedback): Provide feedback regarding your experience using SAP Signavio products. You may offer
feedback on the product that you are currently using by selecting the feedback button. If you wish to
comment on another SAP Signavio product, navigate to that product and select the feedback button. Your
feedback is invaluable in enhancing the user experience and takes only a minute of your time.
•  (Help): Select this icon to choose from a list of help resources.
•  (Product Switcher): View the SAP Signavio products you have access to and to which you can navigate.
Selecting a product name opens the product in a new tab. Access User Management to edit your own
profile or, if you are an administrator, to add, edit, or delete users and groups.

• (User Profile Menu): This icon displays your own initials as the logged-in user. The drop-down menu
offers the following options:
• Personal Settings: Set the types of events for which you would like to receive notifications and manage
cookies.
• Workspace: Check which workspace you are currently using and switch to a different workspace, if
needed.
• View in Other Applications (when in editor) or Process Modeler Applications (when in explorer):
Navigate to different applications, such as SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, Diagram
comparison or QuickModel. The options you're seeing depend on your current location in SAP
Signavio. The option highlighted in bold indicates where you are right now in the system.
• Logout: Log out of SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

14 PUBLIC Getting Started
  Note

The legacy functions found in the old navigation bar, such as name editing, draft saved timestamp, and
share, are now integrated in the Editor toolbar.

Related Information

Log In to SAP Signavio Process Modeler [page 8]

4.4 Frequently Asked Questions

How can I quickly display diagrams without opening the Editor?

The fastest option is to use the diagram preview (see section Viewing diagram details [page 23]). Select a
diagram in the Explorer and hit the space bar or use the arrow symbol at the bottom left of the main window to
expand the preview section.

Preview in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub allows you to quickly navigate the diagrams of your
workspace. To open the preview, open the explorer and select Share - Preview in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub.

How can I disable email notifications?

By default, the system informs you about every change made to a diagram you are working on in a team. There
are multiple ways to disable notifications:

• Select the diagram in the explorer, open the activity feed (with the space bar) and choose Don't notify me.
• Open your profile settings under Setup - My profile in the Explorer and scroll down to the notification
settings to adjust them.

My browser does not display SAP Signavio's applications correctly. What can
I do?

• Please ensure your browser supports SAP Signavio. Read more in section Log In to SAP Signavio Process
Modeler [page 8].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Getting Started PUBLIC 15
• After a system update, in rare cases it is necessary to refresh the internal storage (cache) of your browser.
For this, open the application in your browser and use one of the following commands (depending on your
operating system):
• Windows: Ctrl + F5
• Apple: Cmd + R
• Linux (typically): F5

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

16 PUBLIC Getting Started
5 Subscription Settings

You can manage your subscriptions to notifications from SAP Signavio Process Modeler according to your
needs.

 Note

If you've registered multiple workspaces with the same e-mail address, the settings for or information
about subscriptions apply to the current workspace.

Parameter Description

Subscriptions All your subscriptions are listed here. You can delete those
that are no longer needed by choosing Remove. By default,
new users are automatically subscribed to weekly e-mail up-
dates about changes to the Shared documents folder.

Related Information

Navigation Bar [page 14]

5.1 Today's Top Tips

Today's top tip is displayed every day when you first open the explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Subscription Settings PUBLIC 17
6 Explorer Overview

The explorer is the entry and management point of SAP Signavio Process Modeler. In the explorer you can
manage folders and diagrams, create new diagrams, export diagrams, generate reports, as well as publish and
embed diagrams. You can also edit your subscription settings. You can access the editor, SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub and other functions in the software via the explorer.

From the explorer view you have access to all tools that SAP Signavio Process Modeler offers.

The explorer is structured as follows:

• View

The central area Double-click diagrams in the editor to open them. Unread diagram comments are
displays the file displayed as small speech bubbles attached to the corresponding files. You can
contents of the switch between the views, The icon view [page 21] or The list view [page 21]. At
selected folder. the bottom of the central view is the activity feed and the diagram preview.

• Menu
The toolbar with a drop-down menu allows you to access different functions. Read more in the section The
Explorer menu [page 19].
• Search function
The search function is a useful tool to quickly find diagrams. In addition to the full text search, the
advanced search option offers you a method to add specific search criteria. You can find a detailed
description in the Search functions [page 221] section.
• Folder tree
The folder tree on the left allows you to quickly navigate within your workspace. Read more at Working with
folders and diagrams [page 25].
• Diagram details
The notification and activity feed allows you to view and manage the history of a diagram and to modify
notification settings of diagrams and folders. By pressing the space bar you can open the preview panel
(see Viewing diagram details [page 23]) and the version overview (see The notification and activity feed
[page 225]) of a diagram at the bottom.
• Subscriptions
You can manage your subscriptions, for details see section Personal profile settings [page 17].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

18 PUBLIC Explorer Overview
6.1 The Explorer Menu

Learn how to organize your content in a folder structure using the Explorer.

New

In the dropdown menu New, you can create new folders and diagrams. The new folder is created at the location
that is currently open in the explorer. If you create a new diagram, a blank canvas opens in the editor in a new
tab. The menu item QuickModel opens a new BPMN 2.0 diagram in QuickModel.

Edit

Here, you can open the editor or QuickModel to edit diagrams, simulate DMN (see DMN simulation [page
159]) diagrams and test DMN diagrams (The DMN Test lab [page 137]). To gain an overview of activities about
a specific diagram you can display comments on diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and
compare versions of diagrams (see Comparison [page 63]). The folder content currently displayed in the
explorer can be moved, copied, deleted, and renamed.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Explorer Overview PUBLIC 19
Import/Export

You can import and export files. This means you are able to upload files to your workspace and also download
diagrams from your workspace onto your computer in different formats.

Reporting

The Reporting menu allows you to create different kinds of reports about diagrams. This enables you as a
business user to analyze your process hierarchy offline with decision makers and analysts, regardless of your
familiarity with BPMN modeling.

To view and export reports analyzing your workspace and process model usage, see section Process Model
Dashboards.

Share

With the Share menu, you can publish diagrams to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and share
documents in a variety of ways with your colleagues.

Process Governance

Approval workflows [page 243] are evaluating processes that diagrams have to go through before they are
automatically published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. You can start approval workflows as
well as edit published diagrams. Approval workflows are managed and executed in SAP Signavio Process
Governance. If you are interested in further functionalities of SAP Signavio Process Governance, you can get
more information here: [Link] .

Invitations to comment/edit

You can invite modelers to edit. You can also use it to invite SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub users and
external stakeholders to comment on diagrams.

Invite to comment

You can invite anyone to comment on a diagram - all you need is their email address. Everyone you invited
receives an email. Anyone you invite who is not already a member of your workspace needs to register and is
assigned a commenting license.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

20 PUBLIC Explorer Overview
Invite modeler to edit

You can invite modelers registered in your workspace to edit a diagram. As all modelers are able to edit all
diagrams in the Shared documents folder by default, this function serves as notification to let fellow modelers
know a diagram needs their attention. You can clarify the reason why you are pointing a modeler towards a
certain diagram by editing the text of the email in the invitation dialog. The link you send leads directly to the
diagram, open and ready to be edited.

The option to Invite to edit diagram in QuickModel follows the same basic concept, only instead of the Editor,
the link leads to the diagram in QuickModel [page 184].

Invite to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

If you select this option, you can send an invitation to any e-mail address.

Embed diagram

With the dialog that opens, you can embed the corresponding diagram into external systems (see Embedding
diagrams in external systems [page 312]).

6.2 The Explorer view

The icon view

In this view, diagrams and folders are represented as icons. For diagrams, a small preview is provided that
allows you to find the diagram you are looking for faster.

Details about a selected diagram can be found at the bottom of the Explorer in the activity panel (see Viewing
diagram details [page 23]) .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Explorer Overview PUBLIC 21
When working on diagrams collaboratively--for example, in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub--it is
possible to comment on diagrams and diagram elements. Unread comments that were created by users who
are not members of your workspace will be marked with a little speech bubble symbol in the Explorer.

Unread comments are also displayed in the icon view

To view your colleagues' comments, open the respective diagram in the Editor. To read more about
commenting, go to section Comments [page 239].

The list view

Diagrams and folders are listed along with additional information about each file. Selecting an element
activates the diagram preview in the preview panel at the bottom if the panel is extended.

Clicking the title of a row sorts the elements by the selected column.

Managing the list view

You can individually configure which of the diagram attributes are shown as columns in the table view. All
attributes on diagram level and the attributes Revision , Last Change , Last Author and Published are
available.

To configure the list view, proceed as follows:

1. Click Setup , then Edit general configuration . A dialog box will open.
2. In the Explorer section, you can edit the table columns preferences. Click Add attribute to add another
attribute to the list view.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

22 PUBLIC Explorer Overview
 You can rearrange the order of the attributes using the arrow icons and configure the size and the position
of the attribute column. To delete an attribute from the list view click the trash button.
3. Click Save to save your settings. The list view is updated with the attributes you have configured.

Refreshing the explorer view

After saving a diagram in the editor (after renaming it, for example), the explorer view may not be up-to-date
anymore. In this case, a dialog is asking you to refresh.

You can refresh the explorer manually. Use the Refresh button in the top right corner of the
explorer.

Display of the current path

In both the list and in the icon view, you see the file path on top of the list. If you want to jump to a parent folder,
click the corresponding folder name.

The following example shows how to jump back to the 'Shared documents' folder:

6.3 Viewing diagram details

The notification and activity feed allows you to view and manage version history, and to edit notification
settings for diagrams and folders. If you have selected one or more diagrams or folders, the feed is displayed as

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Explorer Overview PUBLIC 23
a lower bar in the Explorer. When you select a diagram file, the diagram, along with the date and author of the
most recent changes, is displayed:

Notification settings

As soon as changes to a diagram or folder are made, notifications are sent at configurable intervals as emails.
In the notification and activity feed, you can configure the notification settings of the selected diagrams or
folder.

The following options are available:

• daily
• weekly
• monthly
• cancel subscription

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

24 PUBLIC Explorer Overview
Preview and version history

The activity feed allows you to get a preview of the selected diagram and to view and manage the version
history. You can find detailed information about this feature in the section The notification and activity feed
[page 225].

6.4 Working with Folders and Diagrams

Folders allow you to organize and structure your workspace, even if you have a large number of diagrams.

Diagrams placed in Shared documents can be viewed and edited by all users of a workspace. Workspace
administrators can enable the My documents folder, which is private. Other users can't view or edit this folder.

Notes on working with multiple users and workspaces can be found in the section Manage Users and Access
Rights.

The Folder Structure

The main workspace folder is Shared documents. The My documents folder can additionally be enabled by a
workspace admin.

Within these folders, you can create subfolders to organize your diagrams.

Choosing the arrow next to the folder/s name or on folder/s name itself will collapse or extend the folder. This
way, you can quickly switch between folders and still keep track, even if you have an extensive folder structure.

Expand or collapse a folder by choosing the arrow in front of its name

If the name of a folder is cut off due to the width of the folder column, the full name will appear when hovering
over it with your mouse. You can also extend the folder column by dragging its border line to the right.

The Shared Documents and My Documents Folders

 Note

Workspace administrators can choose to disable the My documents folder for every user in the workspace.
This prevents documents from being inaccessible. It also fosters collaboration by restricting drafts to
Shared documents. For new tenants, the folder My documents is disabled by default. The folder can be
enabled by an administrator under Setup Edit general configuration .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Explorer Overview PUBLIC 25
 Users can move diagrams from one folder to another.

Shared Documents

Each registered user has a main folder: Shared documents.

This folder contains diagrams you can work on alone and together with other modelers.

There are two ways to collaborate with colleagues: joint modeling within your workspace, and inviting
colleagues to comment on diagrams.

• Only colleagues who are registered in your workspace are able to actually edit diagrams. Find out more
about defining access rights to diagrams and the dictionary in section Manage Access Rights.
• Each person invited to comment on a diagram is able to do so - also those who have no SAP Signavio
Process Modeler account. In the section Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer [page 234], you will learn
how to invite process stakeholders to comment on a diagram.

My Documents

Workspace administrators can enable the My documents folder for all users under Setup > Edit general
configuration. Diagrams in this folder and its subfolders are private. Other users can't view or edit them.

Creating a New Folder

To create a new folder, proceed as follows:

1. If you want to create a subfolder, first navigate to the folder in which you want to locate the new folder.
2. In the menu bar, choose New Folder . A dialog pops up, in which you can enter the folder name.
3. Specify the folder name and then choose OK . The new folder is now visible in the folder structure.

Renaming a Folder or Diagram

1. In the Explorer select the folder or diagram you want to rename.

2. In the main menu choose Edit Change name/description .
3. Change the name. In multi-language workspaces translate the changed name to all available languages.
4. Choose Rename to save your changes.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

26 PUBLIC Explorer Overview
Moving Folders and Diagrams

 Note

To move published folders and diagrams, you need publish access rights on the published elements and on
the target folder.

1. Select the folder or diagram you want to move to a different location.

2. In the menu bar, choose Edit Move . The corresponding dialog box opens.
3. Now select the new folder.
4. Choose Move to complete the moving operation. The view of the folder will then be updated.
If you don't have publish access rights on the published elements and on the target folder, the following
dialog opens:
5. Finally, choose Move . The folder or diagram is moved to the selected location.

Copying Diagrams

 Note

You can only copy diagrams and groups of diagrams, not entire folders.

1. Select the diagram you want to copy. To copy several diagrams at once, hold the Ctrl key while selecting
them. Or, draw a selection frame around the diagrams.
2. In the menu bar, choose Edit and then Copy . The Copy dialog opens.
3. Select which folder you'd like to place the copy in.
4. Optionally, you can select one of the following options by activating the corresponding checkbox:
• Copy linked models, too Please note that BPMN call activities are not copied.
• Copy all revisions of the diagram .

 Note

For system performance reasons, only one option can be selected.

1. Choose Copy . The copied file is then located in the selected target folder.

Removing Folders or Diagrams

1. Select the folder or diagram to be removed in the main area of the explorer. To select multiple folders, keep
Ctrl pressed while selecting, or drag a selection frame around them.
2. In the menu bar, choose Edit Delete .
3. Choose Yes to delete the selected object.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Explorer Overview PUBLIC 27
  Note

The selected objects are moved only in Trash, from which you can restore objects if necessary. Objects
will be permanently deleted after you empty the trash.

4. To delete objects permanently, select the Trash folder in the folder navigation.
5. Select the objects you want to delete permanently.
6. In the menu bar, choose Remove.
7. Confirm by choosing Yes. The selected items are permanently deleted.

Restoring Diagrams and Folders

Diagrams and folders that have been deleted are moved to Trash folder. If you do not explicitly remove them
from there, they can be restored.

To restore a diagram or folder from the Trash folder, proceed as follows:

1. Go to the Trash folder. It can be found in the folder tree on the left.
2. Select the files you want to restore.
3. Choose Restore in the menu bar.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

28 PUBLIC Explorer Overview
7 Modeling

This section explains how you create models in all notations in the following sections:

• Create a diagram
• Open and save diagrams [page 36]
• Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts [page 37]
• Add and remove elements [page 40]
• Move and change elements [page 45]
• Format diagrams [page 51]
• Use modeling conventions [page 53]

For information about modeling with specific notations, see section Modeling notations [page 73].

7.1 Create a Diagram

In the SAP Signavio Process Modeler editor, you model BPMN processes, value chains, DMN diagrams, and
more.

New diagram files are created in the explorer. You edit diagrams in the editor.

To create a new diagram, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select New and choose a modeling notation from the drop-down list.
The editor opens with a blank canvas.
2. In the left side panel, under Shapes, drag and drop the elements you want to use in your process.

 Note

Each modeling notation has different shapes you can choose from. For instructions on how to create a
diagram based on its notation, please refer to the relevant topics under Modeling Notations [page 73]

3. Save your diagram by selecting  (Save) in the editor toolbar.

Related Information

Model a BPMN Diagram [page 73]

Value Chains [page 162]
Navigation Maps [page 177]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 29
7.1.1 Creating a BPMN Diagram with AI-assisted process
modeler, text to process

Learn how to use artificial intelligence (AI) to create a BPMN diagram from a text description of a business
process.

Prerequisites

• You have an SAP Signavio Process Modeler license, which allows you to access SAP Signavio Process
Modeler editor, and you have SAP AI Units. For more information, reach out to your workspace
administrator.
• Your workspace administrator activated the feature set to create and edit BPMN processes for your user to
be able to edit diagrams and create new revisions, as described in Activating Feature Sets.
• Your workspace administrator submitted a one-time provisioning request for the connectivity add-on for
SAP Signavio solutions. For more information, see Provisioning for AI-assisted process modeler, text to
process.
• Your workspace administrator has read and agreed to the data protection and privacy policy, which
includes data protection in AI and cross-border data transfer.
• Your workspace administrator created a Service Now ticket with the BPI-SIG-CA-AI-T2P label to request
the AI service to be enabled.

Context

With AI-assisted process modeler, text to process, you can reduce work and enable faster collaboration
cycles by converting text into a business process diagram. You can preview the diagram and edit the text to
create a new diagram, if needed.

The text to process feature creates a preview for a new BPMN diagram only. When you select Save and Edit
after previewing the diagram, the diagram is saved as Revision 1. When you edit the text and create another
diagram preview, this diagram can only be saved as a new diagram, Revision 1.

Make further adjustments to the diagram in SAP Signavio Process Modeler editor and save as subsequent
revisions.

 Note

The text to process feature can't adjust any existing BPMN diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

30 PUBLIC Modeling
Procedure

1. In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose Create and select Create with AI from the drop-
down.
2. In the Select a folder window, choose a location to store the diagram and confirm with Create.

For the initial use of the text to process feature, a window with a welcome message opens. You can select
the option to not show the message again or clear the message by choosing Start Using.
3. In the Describe a process field, write or paste text that follows these instructions:
• Clearly define the process you want to model, including its objectives and outcomes.
• Describe each activity or task in the process.
• Determine the start and end points of the process, as well as any key milestones.
• Avoid using personal data.

 Note

• You can enter the process description in any of the languages supported by SAP Signavio and the
corresponding diagram will appear in the same language.
• We support the following languages: English, Dutch, German, French, Simplified Chinese,
Traditional Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Spanish, Portuguese (Brazil), and Italian

4. Choose Create.
The diagram preview window opens. From the preview window, you can do the following:
• Review dictionary links: If the generated diagram includes process elements containing terms that
match dictionary entries in your workspace, you see a list of those entries below the diagram. Review
the list and decide which elements you'd like to link to existing entries in the dictionary. For more
information, see Dictionary Entries in Text to Process [page 33].
• Zoom in and out of the diagram to see it more clearly.
• Choose to show or hide a mini map of the diagram.

 Note

If an error message appears stating that the system was unable to create a diagram or if you wish
create a new diagram, edit your text and try again.

5. Review the diagram and choose Save and Edit.

The diagram is saved to your chosen folder and opens in the editor.

 Example

See how this example text converts to BPMN elements.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 31
[Link] Tips for Text Prompt to Create a Diagram

Discover some tips to ensure you get the best diagram output when describing the process you want to create.

When creating a diagram with artificial intelligence (AI), a text prompt invites you to enter a description of the
business process.

For more information on the creation steps, see Creating a BPMN Diagram with AI-assisted process modeler,
text to process [page 30].

The BPMN diagram result is based on the content provided in the text prompt field. Consider the following tips
for the best results.

Tip Explanation

Use active voice. • Avoid using the passive voice: "HR is notified and ini-
tiates the off-boarding process."
• Use the active voice: "The employee notifies HR, which
then initiates the off-boarding process."

Be specific about the subject and object of a sentence. Using the active voice causes you to specifically mention
both the subject and the object of the sentence.

• Avoid letting an implied subject do the action: "The em-

ployee's manager is informed."
• Use the active voice to specifically name the subject
and the action: "HR informs the employee's manager."
• Alternatively, if the passive voice is used, name the
subject from which the action initiated: "The em-
ployee's manager is informed by HR."

Keep consistency in the naming of roles and entities. Follow consistent naming for roles that participate in a busi-
ness process. For example, avoid referring to the role of the
"manager" later as "supervisor". Stick to one identification
or name for the initial creation of the diagram, which can be
later modified in the Editor.

This tip applies to any other entity such as IT-system or Data

Object. Avoid using synonyms for the same entity in the
same process description. For example, don't use the term
"vendor" and later "supplier" for the same entity in the same
process description.

Emphasize repetition over AI guesswork. Repeatedly mentioning a role's name is more effective than
letting AI infer whether the role participates in the process
activities or not.

Be specific and consistent with entities that are connected If an entity is connected to a process activity, specifically
to a named activity of the process. mention that entity while writing about the activity in the
process description.

• Avoid using a shortened form of an entity: "An interview

is then arranged on teams."
• Use the entity's established form consistently: "The
manager then arranges an interview with the employee
on Microsoft Teams."

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

32 PUBLIC Modeling
 Tip Explanation

Avoid adding unnecessary details. Keep the description clean, clear, and concise. Including de-
tails that aren't critical to the core business process and
its flow can result in the creation of unnecessarily complex
process models.

Sample text prompts

Payroll
The process starts when a payroll data alert is assigned. First, the agent assesses the alert. Then, if the alert
does not require a data change, the agent provides a comment and closes the alert. The process ends with
the alert having been processed. If, after assessing the alert, the alert requires data change, the agent aligns
with the line manager and/or employee, checks if the data needs to be updated in the source system, and
checks if the data needs to be updated in the source system. If the data does not need to be updated in the
source system, the agent corrects the payroll-specific data, provides a comment, and closes the alert. Then,
the process ends with the alert having been processed. If, after checking if the data needs to be updated in
the source system, the data does need to be updated, the agent aligns with the source system administrator,
corrects the payroll-specific data, provides a comment, and closes the alert. Then, the process ends with the
payroll data alert having been processed.

HR – Recruitment Process
The process begins with the HR expert scheduling an interview. Then after some time, the hiring manager and
HR expert conduct the interview. Together, the hiring manager and the HR expert decide on the candidate
prioritization. In parallel, the HR team checks the candidate's criminal record against the criminal database
as well as the employment register to ensure that the candidate's previous employments were in fact correct.
Then finally, the candidate is hired.

Sales Process
The process begins with the accurate recording of sales orders received via email, phone, or online platforms.
Next, orders are reviewed for completeness and verified against inventory to confirm availability. If products
are in stock, the order is forwarded to the warehouse for picking and packing. Shipping arrangements are
then made to ensure timely delivery. Throughout the process, order status is continuously updated in the
system and communicated to the customer. This process ensures efficient order fulfillment and high customer
satisfaction.

[Link] Dictionary Entries in Text to Process

Use AI-assisted process modeler enhancements, dictionary integration feature to link dictionary entries to
process model elements while reviewing the generated diagram.

The dictionary feature in AI-assisted process modeler, text to process, allows you to link dictionary entries
to process model elements while reviewing the created diagram. For more information about the creation
process, see Creating a BPMN Diagram with AI-assisted process modeler, text to process [page 30].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 33
The diagram preview window contains a section at the bottom that's meant for you to check the dictionary
links. In this section, you can see the following:

• Identified entry: Contains a list of model elements (including events, systems, and more) that are exact
matches to existing dictionary entries in your workspace.
• Linked to: Displays the type (as an icon) and the name of the existing dictionary entry to which the
identified element is linked.
• Category: The category of the entry. It currently only includes our standard categories.

 Note

Dictionary terms are identified based on an exact match of the name and type of entries.

To link the entries in the diagram to your dictionary, follow these steps:

1. From the diagram preview window, review the identified entries or elements to check which ones you wish
to link to your dictionary entries.

 Note

All the identified entries are pre-selected for linking by default. Uncheck any entry that you don't want
to link to your dictionary.

2. (Optional) Get more details about the existing entry, including its definition, by selecting the entry under
the Linked to column. It navigates you to the Attributes tab of the specific dictionary entry in SAP Signavio
Process Collaboration Hub.
3. Save your changes.

7.2 Editor Overview

Get an overview of the SAP Signavio Process Modeler editor. In the editor, you model BPMN processes, value
chains, DMN diagrams and more.

The editor is the place where you design, edit, and format diagrams. You can also perform checks on your
diagrams. This overview can help you find the functions you need.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

34 PUBLIC Modeling
 • Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]
• Editor Overview [page 34]

Element Description More Information

Shapes Contains all modeling elements available for a notation. Add elements from the shape reposi-
tory [page 40]

Toolbar Tools to edit and format diagrams. Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts
[page 37]

Canvas The area on which you design and edit diagrams. Move and change elements [page 45]

Attributes Edit attributes of your modeling elements. Edit attributes [page 45]

Share Invite users to comment on the diagram. Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer
[page 234]

Product Switcher Navigate to other SAP Signavio products that you're allowed Navigation Bar [page 14]
to access.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 35
Element Description More Information

Help Choose from a list of help resources. Navigation Bar [page 14]

User Profile Menu View the current workspace, change the editing mode, or log Navigation Bar [page 14]
out of SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

Dictionary Reuse modeling elements. The Dictionary [page 200]

Views Create and edit views. Creating views [page 89]

Related Information

Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer [page 234]

Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer [page 234]

7.3 Open and Save Diagrams

Learn how to open diagrams in the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Modeler, save diagrams, run modeling
convention checks, and restore an older version of a diagram.

In SAP Signavio Process Modeler, you open diagrams in the explorer. You edit diagrams in the editor.

Open a Diagram

1. Open the explorer and navigate to the diagram.

2. Select the diagram and choose Edit Edit diagram in the explorer menu.
The diagram opens in the editor in a new browser tab.

Save a Diagram

While you keep the editor browser tab open, your changes are saved automatically in the background. When
you save the diagram, you create a new diagram revision.

All items related to a diagram by links are listed when you save a diagram.

To save a diagram, follow these steps:

1. Choose (Save) in the toolbar.

2. When you save a diagram for the first time, enter a descriptive name and select the directory for saving the
diagram.
You can edit the diagram name later.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

36 PUBLIC Modeling
 3. Add a comment about your current changes.
Adding comment helps other modelers and collaborators to understand and track your changes. Your
comments are shown in the feed in the explorer.

4. Depending on the modeling notation, you can open the modeling convention checks by choosing
(Review). This closes the Save dialog.
You can save the diagram with errors and warnings.
5. Choose Save.
A new revision of the diagram is saved.

Restore Older Revisions of a Diagram

You can restore a previous revision of a diagram in the activity feed.

Follow these steps:

1. Select a diagram.
2. Choose Expand in the bottom panel of the explorer. Alternately, you can press the space bar.
The panel expands, showing a preview of the diagram.
3. To access previous revisions, choose Feed. The activity feed is displayed.
4. Select the revision you want to restore and choose Restore revision.
5. Add a comment and confirm in the dialog.
The previous revision is restored.

Related Information

Work with Modeling Conventions [page 53]

Compare Revisions [page 63]

7.4 Editor Toolbar and Keyboard Shortcuts

A reference table containing all the options available in the editor toolbar. To see all the icons, select the arrow
to the right, next to the workspace language button.

Editor Toolbar

 Edit the name of the diagram

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 37
 Save diagram

Save a copy: You can save the diagram as a copy. The copy is
saved in the same directory as its original.

Export diagram as PDF

 Share the diagram with your colleagues

Cut selected elements to clipboard

Copy selected elements to clipboard

Paste clipboard to canvas

Delete selected elements

Undo/ Redo

Align modeling elements, distribute elements, adjust size of

elements to match

Show or hide the grid on the canvas

Adjust space between modeling elements

Zoom in/out of the canvas

Reset the canvas to its default size

Fit the diagram to the canvas size

Change font size in elements

Bold

Italic

Change font color

Change line color of modeling elements

Change fill color of modeling elements

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

38 PUBLIC Modeling
 Remove current formatting

Apply formatting to other elements

Show all elements with attachments

Select attribute visualizations (overlays)

Change workspace language

Show all comments

Keyboard Shortcuts

Shortcuts for Windows Shortcuts for Mac

Open diagram In the explorer, double click the diagram In the explorer, double click the diagram
name name

Open diagram preview In the explorer, select the diagram and In the explorer, select the diagram and
press Space press Space

Save diagram Ctrl + S ⌘+S

Copy selection Ctrl + C ⌘+C

Paste selection Ctrl + V ⌘+V

Cut selection Ctrl + X ⌘+X

Delete selection Del Del

Undo Ctrl + Z ⌘+Z

Redo Ctrl + Y ⌘+Y

Zoom Press Ctrl + + to make everything larger Press ⌘ + + to make everything larger

Press Ctrl + - to make everything Press ⌘ + - to make everything smaller

smaller
Press ⌘ + 0 to reset
Press Ctrl + 0 to reset

Full-screen Press F11 to use full-screen mode, press Press ⌘ + Ctrl + f to use full-screen
F11 again to exit full-screen mode mode, press ⌘ + Ctrl + f again to exit
full-screen mode

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 39
 Shortcuts for Windows Shortcuts for Mac

Resize element Hold Ctrl and drag the element connec- Hold ⌘ and drag the element connec-
tor to resize in all directions tor to resize in all directions

Hold Shift and drag the element con- Hold Shift and drag the element con-
nector to resize proportionally nector to resize proportionally

Hold Alt and drag the element connec- Hold Alt and drag the element connec-
tor to resize without snapping tor to resize without snapping

Move elements Hold Alt or Ctrl while moving an ele- Hold Alt or ⌘ while moving an element
ment to move without automatic snap- to move without automatic snapping or
ping or orientation lines orientation lines

Hold Shift+Alt or Shift+Strg to move an Hold Shift+Alt or Shift+Strg to move an

element along a horizontal or vertical element along a horizontal or vertical
line, without displayed orientation lines line, without displayed orientation lines

Adjust space between elements Press Ctrl + M and add or remove Press ⌘ + M and add or remove space,
space, press Ctrl + M again to deacti- press ⌘ + M again to deactivate
vate

Select elements of the same type Select one or more elements and press Select one or more elements and press
Ctrl + I ⌘+I

Related Information

Format Diagrams [page 51]

7.5 Add and Connect Elements

How to add elements to a diagram from the shape repository or the interactive shortcut menu, pools, lanes,
and gateways. How to connect elements with sequence flows and message flows.

You have the following options to add elements to a diagram:

• You can drag elements from the shape repository onto the canvas.
• You can use the interactive shortcut menu when you click an element on the canvas.
• You can copy and paste elements.

Add Elements from the Shape Repository

The shape repository in the left panel of the editor lists all modeling elements available for a notation. For
notations with lots of elements, elements are grouped into subsets. To change subsets, choose the current
subset and select a different subset from the drop-down list.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

40 PUBLIC Modeling
In a subset, elements are grouped thematically.

To add an element, follow these steps:

1. Choose the element you want to add to your diagram.

2. Hold the mouse button and drag the element onto the canvas. Green (checkmarks) indicate where you
can place an element.
3. To label an element, select the element and enter the label text in the text box.
The label is saved when you choose outside the text box. Available dictionary entries are suggested while
you type.

 Example

How to Drag and Drop Elements from the Shape Repository to the Canvas:

Add Elements from the Interactive Shortcut Menu

 Note

Which elements are shown in the interactive shortcut menu depends on the selected subset of modeling
elements. If you miss an element in the shortcut menu, check which set of modeling elements is selected in
the shape repository.

To add an element, follow these steps:

1. Select an element in the diagram.

The shortcut menu opens. Depending on the selected element, the shortcut menu suggests elements.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 41
2. Choose the icon of the element you want to add. The new element is added to the diagram.
The connector type between the selected element and the new element is set automatically.

When you want to add an element and set its position, choose the element icon and drag the element to its
position. The new element is added to the diagram where you release the mouse button.

 Example

How to use the shortcut menu:

Add Pools and Lanes

Add a pool by dragging the Pool/Lane element onto the canvas. Collapsed pools can't contain elements.

Add a lane to a pool by dragging the Pool/Lane element onto a pool.

To add more lanes to a pool, drag a Pool/Lane element onto the left or right edge of a lane.

To add a sublane, drag a Pool/Lane element onto the center of a lane.

To reorder lanes, you have the following options:

• Choose the header and drag the lane to it's new location.
• Choose the header and use the arrow icons that are shown in the lane to move a lane up or down.

To move lanes up and down the hierarchy, use the arrows.

Connect Elements with Flows

To connect elements with flows, drag the flow onto the target element. You can also use the flow icons from the
interactive shortcut menu.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

42 PUBLIC Modeling
When a connection is possible, green marks are shown on the edges on the element.

When a connection isn't possible, red marks are displayed on the edges of the element.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 43
You can drag a new element onto a connector that already connects two elements. Then, the new element is
added and connected automatically.

Add Gateways to Flows

When you drag a gateway onto a flow, the flow is split and connected to the gateway.

Copy Elements

You can copy elements to create similar elements. You can also copy parts of old diagrams to reuse in new
diagrams.

1. Select the element you want to copy. Hold the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple elements.

2. Choose (copy) or Ctrl + C to copy, (cut) or Ctrl + X to cut, and (paste) or Ctrl + V to paste
elements.

 Note

• Copying elements between different diagrams can take a while, because they are copied to the server
first.
• An internet connection is required for copying elements between diagrams, but not for copying
elements inside one diagram.

Remove Elements

1. Select all elements you want to remove. To select multiple elements, press and hold the left mouse button
and draw a frame around the elements, or press and hold the Ctrl key while you choose the elements.

2. Press the Del key on your keyboard or choose (Delete) in the toolbar.
The elements are deleted.

Related Information

Move and Change Elements [page 45]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

44 PUBLIC Modeling
Format Diagrams [page 51]
Work with Modeling Conventions [page 53]

7.6 Move and Change Elements

Learn how to edit a diagram while modeling, change elements while modeling, and add space to the canvas
wherever you want. Learn how to change element attributes to adapt modeling elements.

While modeling, you can change the position of elements and labels.

You can also adjust the space between elements or change the canvas size.

You can change the element type.

Move Elements and Labels

To move an element or a label to a new position, select and drag it.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 45
Rename Elements

To change the name of a label, select the element. Available dictionary entries are suggested automatically.

Change Element Size

1. Select the element.

2. Choose the bottom right corner or top left corner and drag the corner.

 Note

For more options, keep one or more of the following keys pressed while you drag the element:
• Alt: Resize without snapping to other elements and orientation lines
• Ctrl: Resize in every direction
• Shift: Resize the element proportionally

 Example

Example:

Adjust Canvas Space

You have two options to adjust the canvas area.

• You can add or remove space between elements.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

46 PUBLIC Modeling
 • You can shrink or extend the whole canvas.

 Note

Shrinking the canvas isn't possible if there are elements in the affected area.

To add or remove space between elements, follow these steps:

1. Enable the space adjusting function by choosing (adjust space) in the toolbar, or use the shortcut Ctrl
+ M.
The mouse cursor turns into a cross and two lines are displayed on the canvas.
2. Where you want to adjust the space, choose, hold and move the cursor.
Space is added or removed depending on your movements.

 Example

Example:

This works in all directions.

3. Release the mouse button.

4. Disable the space adjusting function by choosing (adjust space) in the toolbar, or use the shortcut Ctrl
+ M.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 47
To shrink or extend the whole canvas, follow these steps:

1. Move you cursor to one edge of the canvas.

Two arrow icons are displayed, (inward-pointing arrow) and (outward-pointing arrow).

2. Choose the (inward-pointing arrow) to shrink the canvas, choose the outward-pointing arrow
(outward-pointing arrow) to expand the canvas.

Zoom

To view the complete diagram on your screen, use the zoom icons, (zoom) and (zoom in).

• To make everything on the canvas larger, choose (zoom in).

• To make everything on the canvas smaller, choose (zoom out).

To return to the standard zoom level and view the diagram in its default size, choose (Save).

To fit the diagram to your canvas size, choose (fit).

Change the Element Type

 Note

Changes that affect the appearance and behavior of an element, but not its type, can be made in the
attribute panel. For example, to change a task into a script task, you set the attribute Task type to Script.

You can change the element type. For example, in BPMN the following transformations are possible:

• Task to subprocess
• Plain start event to message start event
• Collapsed pool to expanded pool

To transform an element, follow these steps:

1. Select the element you want to transform.

2. Choose (transform) below the element.

3. Select the new element type.
The element is transformed.

In the following example an exclusive gateway is changed into an parallel gateway.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

48 PUBLIC Modeling
  Example

Example:

Edit Attributes

Modeling elements have several properties you can edit. These properties are called attributes. You can use
attributes to change the appearance of an element (for example the background color or label). Attributes can
also be necessary to execute a process, for example the decision logic in a DMN diagram is an attribute.

You edit attributes in the attribute panel on the right side of the editor.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 49
• To change the attributes for one element, select the element and open the attributes panel.
• To change diagram-wide attributes, choose any empty space on the canvas and open the attributes panel.

 Note

The first section of the attribute panel contains custom attributes, which can be defined by your workspace
administrators.

You can change attributes for one element and diagram-wide attributes.

Select all elements of the same type

Select all elements of the same type to change them at once.

• To select all elements of one type, select one element and press Ctrl + I. All elements of the same type are
selected.
• To select all elements of multiple types, select elements from each type and press Ctrl + I. All elements of
the chosen types are selected.

 Example

Example:

Attributes in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

Attributes are displayed when diagrams are viewed in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which
attributes are shown for SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub users depends on visibility settings for their
user group.

Attributes can be populated from a linked diagram if an attribute with the same ID is available for both the
linking element and the linked diagram. For details, see section Displayed attributes of SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub user guide.

Your workspace administrator can create attributes with the same ID for different elements. The workspace
administrator guide explains how to do that in section Add and manage custom attributes.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

50 PUBLIC Modeling
Related Information

Format Diagrams [page 51]

Work with Modeling Conventions [page 53]

7.7 Format Diagrams

Options to align and distribute elements on the canvas and how to change elements so they match your
corporate design.

To add clarity and to customize a diagram, you can re-align and resize elements and change their color, size,
label, border and background style.

Align and Distribute Elements

Use (alignment menu) in the toolbar to align or distribute selected elements.

Select the elements to align or distribute and choose from the following options:

Alignment Left Aligns elements along their left edges,

with the element positioned farthest to
the left as the reference element

Alignment Center Aligns elements vertically through their

centers, using the mean value of all
centers

Alignment Right Aligns elements along their right edges,

with the element positioned farthest to
the right as the reference element

Alignment Top Aligns elements along their top edges,

with the highest element as the refer-
ence element

Alignment Middle Aligns elements horizontally through

their middles, using the mean value of
all middles

Alignment Bottom Aligns elements along their bottom

edges, with the lowest element as the
reference element

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 51
Distribute elements horizontally You need to select at least 3 elements
for this function.

Distributes elements evenly on a hori-

zontal axis, the outer 2 elements keep
their position

Distribute elements vertically You need to select at least 3 elements

for this function.

Distributes elements evenly on a verti-

cal axis, the outer 2 elements keep their
position

Same Size Resizes the elements to the size of the

largest element in the selection

Format Elements and Labels

You can change the attribute values of an element in the attribute panel to change its appearance:

• Change the label either by clicking the element or the attribute name.

• Change the element color by choosing (element color) in the toolbar.

• Change the border color by choosing (border color) in the toolbar.

• Change the color gradient of an element's background to a flat design. To do this, enable Flat design under
More Attributes in the attribute panel.

You can change the labels with the following tools in the toolbar:

• (font size): Change the font size

• (bold): Make the font bold

• (italics): Make the font italics

• (font color): Change the font color

Copy and Apply Formatting

1. Select the element that has the format you want to copy.

2. Choose (format) in the toolbar.

3. Select the element you want to apply the formatting to. The copied formatting is applied.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

52 PUBLIC Modeling
To apply the default format to an element, select the element and choose (default format).

Select all elements of the same type

Select all elements of the same type to change them at once.

• To select all elements of one type, select one element and press Ctrl + I. All elements of the same type are
selected.
• To select all elements of multiple types, select elements from each type and press Ctrl + I. All elements of
the chosen types are selected.

7.8 Work with Modeling Conventions

Learn how to check if your modeling style is consistent with general or company-specific guidelines. Use
modeling convention reports to improve your diagrams over time.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

Modeling conventions make it easier to use a consistent modeling style.

A modeling convention consists of modeling guidelines regarding notation set, labeling, process structure and
diagram layout.

With modeling convention checks, you can find out if a diagram violates these guidelines. You can run a check
while modeling or when you save a diagram. Additionally, you can create a modeling conventions report after
a check that contains an summary of the errors. Modeling conventions can be defined by your workspace
administrator.

To run the check, you have several options:

• Choose (Review) in the editor toolbar and select the convention.

• Depending on your workspace settings, a prompt for a check when saving a diagram can be integrated. In

this case, choose (Review) in the save dialog.

• Select Help Modeling Conventions in the menu of the explorer.

Elements which violate conventions are flagged with an exclamation mark. To view a short info about the
violation, hover over the exclamation mark. Additionally, the information is summarized in a table below the
process diagram.

In the table, choose the element to view it in the diagram. If available, choose (Link) for more information
about a guideline.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 53
Modeling Conventions Report

You can create a modeling convention report for one or multiple diagrams in the explorer. The report contains a
summary of violations of modeling conventions and is generated as an XLSX file.

To create a report, follow these steps:

1. Select Reporting Modeling Conventions in the explorer.

2. Select the diagrams and modeling conventions you want to include.
3. Choose Start analysis.
An XLSX file is generated.

7.9 Process Hierarchies

Learn about about process hierarchies and the notations you use to create them.

You create process hierarchies to map the processes on all levels of your organization.

With value chain diagrams, you can create high-level perspectives on your process landscape. The diagram
elements are linked in chronological order to show the hierarchical relationships between processes and
process groups. With the collapsed process element, you can link BPMN diagrams to the value chain diagram.

BPMN is used to map the detailed processes. The processes in BPMN diagrams are also showing different
process levels. You create a high-level overview of a main process and in separate diagrams you model
subprocesses. Then you link these subprocesses to the main process. We recommend linking subprocesses
with the collapsed subprocess element, which links to subprocesses defined in separate models.

Related Information

Value Chains [page 162]

Create Subprocesses [page 54]

7.10 Create Subprocesses

Subprocesses can be modeled in separate diagrams. Link and reuse subprocesses across your process
landscape. Add and manage subprocess elements.

When you create a high-level overview of the main process, you model subprocesses in separate diagrams and
link these subprocesses to the main process.

There are two ways to add subprocesses to diagrams, as expanded or collapsed subprocesses.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

54 PUBLIC Modeling
With the expanded subprocess element, subprocesses are shown with the main process. Since this does
increase diagram size and visual complexity, we recommend using the collapsed subprocess element, which
links to subprocesses defined in separate models.

When to Use Subprocesses

Subprocesses can be complete processes or partial processes. They can only be executed as parts of a larger
process.

You can reuse subprocesses in multiple diagrams. We recommend using a subprocess if a part of the process
is:

• The same for several processes

• Changed often
• Executed differently while the main process remains the same

A subprocess needs to be a process, with a start and end event. When you have a complex activity that cannot
be meaningfully divided into different tasks, use a task element in your process model.

Subprocess Elements

The notations in which you use subprocesses are usually value chains and BPMN models. In value chains, you
use the Collapsed Process element. In BPMN diagrams , you use the Collapsed Subprocess element.

Elements that link to other diagrams are marked with a + (plus) icon. This is the Collapsed Subprocess element
in BPMN:

Add Subprocesses to a Diagram

 Note

The following descriptions apply to BPMN diagrams, linking diagrams to elements is similar for other
notations.

You have the following options to create subprocesses:

• When you have a complex diagram, you can group parts into subprocesses.
• You can add a Collapsed Subprocess element to your diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 55
 • From the subprocess element, you can create a subprocess diagram that is automatically linked.
• When you already have a subprocess defined, you can add a subprocess element to the main diagram
and link your defined subprocess to this element.
You can link diagrams in your workspace, or diagrams in other locations via URL.

Group Diagram Elements into a Subprocess

1. Open the BPMN diagram.

2. Select the process elements you want to group. It is possible to select only one element.

3. Choose (collapsed subprocess) below your selection and select Collapsed subprocess.
4. Enter a name for the subprocess and choose Create linked subprocess.
The subprocess is saved as a new diagram. In the original diagram, a Collapsed Subprocess element
replaces the subprocess.

 Example

Group tasks to a subprocess:

The new diagram is created in the same folder as the original diagram. Refresh the explorer to view it.

Link a Diagram to a Subprocess Element

1. Select a Collapsed Subprocess element in your diagram and choose + (plus).

The dialog for adding a link opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

56 PUBLIC Modeling
 2. Select one of the options to add a link:
• Use existing diagram: Select the diagram to link in the folder structure.
• Use web link: Paste the URL to the input field.
3. If the preview is too small, enlarge the dialog.
4. Choose Link diagram.
The diagram is linked to the subprocess element.

Create a New Subprocess from the Subprocess Element

1. Select a Collapsed Subprocess element in your diagram and choose + (plus).

The dialog for adding a link opens.
2. Enter a diagram name in the text field.
3. Select the diagram type.
4. Choose Link diagram.
A diagram is created and opened in a new tab.

Change Linked Diagrams

Once you have added a linked subprocess to a process, you can open the linked diagram from the subprocess
element.

In a Collapsed Subprocess element in your diagram, choose the + (plus).

A preview of the currently linked diagram is displayed. If the preview is too small, enlarge the Establish link
dialog.

• To open the diagram in a new browser tab, choose Open.

• To select a new diagram to link, choose Edit link.
• To remove a diagram link, choose Remove link.

View Linked Elements

You can view all related items in the attribute panel in the section Diagram relations.

In addition, all items related to a diagram by links are listed when you save a diagram.

7.11 Add Live Insights

Learn how to add insights and KPIs to BPMN diagrams and value chains.

The following Live Insights shapes are available:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 57
• Traffic Light
• Progress bar
• Indicator
• Ring chart
• Cockpit
• Trend icon
• Value

With the Live Insights shapes, you can add insights and KPIs you want to monitor to BPMN diagrams, value
chains, and navigation maps.

For that, you add a Live Insights shape to your diagram and link it with a widget from SAP Signavio Process
Intelligence. Users can then view the Live Insights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

In SAP Signavio Process Intelligence, thresholds need to be defined for the widgets that are linked to Live
Insights shapes. In SAP Signavio Process Manager and SAP Signavio Process Modeler, the color of the shape
indicates how the current result of the widget relates to the defined thresholds. The following example shows
how the sentiment shape reflects the current widget result:

The color of a shape is only visible in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. In SAP Signavio Process
Manager and SAP Signavio Process Modeler, the shapes stay grey.

Access the Live Insights Shapes

For BPMN diagrams and value chains, you find the Live Insights shapes in the Live Insights shape repository. A
workspace administrator can enable this shape repository for you.

For navigation maps, they are available by default.

Visibility of Live Insights

The visibility of Live Insights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub is subject to requirements. Read more
in section Display Widgets in Other SAP Signavio Applications.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

58 PUBLIC Modeling
Overview over Live Insights shapes

The following Live Insights shapes are available:

Shape Description Example

Indicator Displays process performance data in

form of a plain icon.

Traffic Light Displays process performance data in

form of a traffic light.

Cockpit Displays process performance data in

form of an cockpit icon.

Value Displays a value including its unit if a

unit is configured in the widget.

The following applies:

• You can only link a Value widget to

this shape.
• In SAP Signavio Process
Intelligence, the widget needs to be
configured with SIGNAL code.
• You can't set a manual value for
this shape.

Sentiment Displays process performance data in

the form of a sentiment icon.

Trend Displays process performance data in

form of a trend icon.

Progress bar Displays process performance data in

form of a progress bar.

Ring chart Displays process performance data in

form of a ring chart.

Link a Shape to a Widget

Follow these steps:

1. In SAP Signavio Process Intelligence, get the ID of the widget you want to add to your diagram. Read more
in section Display Widgets in Other SAP Signavio Applications.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 59
2. In SAP Signavio Process Modeler>, open your diagram and add or select a Live Insights shape.
3. Open the attributes panel and paste the widget ID to Driving widget.
4. In addition, you have the following options:
• Name: Enter a name for the shape.
• Documentation: Enter a description for the shape.
• Additional widget: Add more widgets by pasting their IDs. The widgets are displayed in the details panel
of the diagram when users click the Live Insights shape.
Only the driving widget sets the shape color.
5. Save your diagram.

Use Shape with a Manual Value

Follow these steps:

1. In SAP Signavio Process Modeler, open your diagram and add or select a Live Insights shape.
2. Open the attributes panel and enter the value you want to display in Manual value.
3. In addition, you have the following options:
• Name: Enter a name for the shape.
• Documentation: Enter a description for the shape.
• Additional widget: Add more widgets by pasting their IDs. The widgets are displayed in the details panel
of the diagram when users click the Live Insights shape.
4. Save your diagram.

Related Information

Displaying Widgets in Other SAP Signavio Applications

7.12 Add Links to SAP Signavio Process Insights Content

Learn how to add links from SAP Signavio Process Insights to diagrams.

Deep links from SAP Signavio Process Insights standard performance indicators can be added to diagrams as
links in custom attributes.

Viewing linked content

To be able to view the linked content, users need the necessary permissions in SAP Signavio Process Insights.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

60 PUBLIC Modeling
Read more in the following sections of the user guide for SAP Signavio Process Insights:

• User Management
• Roles in Default Role Collections

Related Information

Move and Change Elements [page 45]

7.13 Link to Files in Diagrams

From a diagram or from diagram elements, learn how to link to online documents, files in your document
management system, or files in your network.

There are two ways of linking documents to diagrams:

• To access documents from different elements or diagrams, link them to dictionary entries.
• To make the document accessible only from one diagram, use a custom attribute.

Use Dictionary Entries to Link Documents

We recommend creating dictionary entries to link documents to elements. You can reuse dictionary entries
throughout your process landscape.

To link a document to a dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. From the explorer, open the dictionary.

2. Add a new dictionary entry or edit an available entry:

• To create a new entry, choose (New).

• To open an existing entry, select the entry and choose (Edit).

3. In Relevant documents, add the link.

 Note

The documents are not uploaded to SAP Signavio Process Modeler. Ensure that all users can access the
linked documents.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 61
Use a custom attribute to link documents

Custom attributes are defined by your workspace administrator. The name for the custom attribute used for
linking documents is specific to your workspace.

You have several options for adding a file to a diagram:

• Upload a file to the SAP Signavio file storage.

• Link to a file in the SAP Signavio file storage.
• Link to files in your document management system, in your network, or to online documents.

 Note

SAP Signavio Process Modeler is not designed as a document management system. We recommend
linking to documents instead of uploading documents.

To add a link to a document to your diagram, follow these steps:

1. Select the diagram element to which you want to add a linked document. If you don't select an element,
the link is added to the diagram.
2. Open the attribute panel.
3. In the section Custom Attributes, select the custom attribute used for linking documents in your
workspace.

4. Choose the (more options) icon.

5. Choose Add a new document.
6. Select one of the options:
• To upload a file, enable Upload a new picture and select the file.
• To link to a file in the SAP Signavio file storage, enable Choose a picture from your file storage and
select the file.
• To link to a file in your document management system or in your network, enable Link a file/picture on
a web resource or network storage and add the URL.
7. To save, choose Add.

7.14 Display Attribute Overlays

Attribute visualization with overlays in SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

Attribute overlays are attribute visualization layers. With attribute overlays, you can show attributes directly on
the diagram. You can use different icons and colors for overlays.

You can add attribute overlays to diagrams and diagram elements.

Attribute visualization layers are available for the following diagram types:

• BPMN diagrams
• Value chain diagrams
• ArchiMate diagrams

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

62 PUBLIC Modeling
 • Organization charts

Attribute overlays are managed by your workspace administrator. They also set the rules that determine when
an attribute overlay is displayed.

 Note

We recommend to add attribute overlays as the last step when editing a diagram, because when you
change anything, you need to add the overlay again.

Display Attribute Overlays while Modeling

• To select an attribute overlay, click in the toolbar.

It is possible to display several attribute overlays at once.

Display Attribute Overlays in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

If a diagram contains attribute overlays, the number of available overlays and the number of visible overlay
categories are displayed.

Users can show or hide overlays and select which overlays they want to view.

7.15 Compare Revisions

Compare different diagrams and different revisions of the same diagram with this function.

With the diagram and revision comparison tool you can track changes to revisions made to your diagrams. In
addition to the Explorer Comparison view, here you can do the following:

• Compare two revisions of the same diagram side by side with revisions such as additions, edits, and
deletions.
• View changes made by other users on a diagram.
• Approve and apply changes made by other users on a diagram.
• Improve collaboration between users working on a diagram (see section Collaboration [page 231]).
• Locate duplicate diagrams after you have imported diagrams to your workspace (see section Imported
[page 274]).

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 63
Open the Diagram Comparison Tool

You can open the diagram comparison tool in the following components:

• In the explorer, select a diagram or two diagrams you want to compare and choose Edit Compare
revisions/diagrams .
• In the editor and QuickModel, choose Diagram comparison in the user menu.
• In the activity feed, select a diagram revision from the feed and choose Open to Compare.
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, open the diagram comparison tool from the diagram actions.

Display Options

You can change the resolution of a diagram. When you zoom in or out or when you use the mini map, both
diagrams adjust simultaneously.

To only adjust the view for one diagram revision, disable the Synchronized Scrolling option.

Fit diagram width to screen width.

100% Current zoom level. For continuous zooming with a slider,

select the icon.

 (Zoom in) Zoom in/out.

 (Zoom out)

 (Mini map) Show or hide mini map.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

64 PUBLIC Modeling
Select revisions

The comparison view displays all edits made to a diagram in your workspace in the form of revisions. You can
view revisions of a diagram in two ways:

• Using the revision drop-down menu option.

• Using the choose revisions/diagrams option.

Using the Revision Drop-Down Menu Option

To view different revisions of your diagrams using the Revision drop-down menu, follow these steps:

1. On the first revision window, select the required revision from the Revision drop-down menu.
2. On the second revision window, select the required revision from the Revision drop-down menu.
3. The comparison and revision tool displays the selected revisions for the diagram side by side.

Using the Choose Revisions/Diagrams Option

To view different revisions of your diagram using the Choose revisions/diagram option, follow these steps:

1. On the diagram and revision comparison tool, select Choose revisions/diagrams.

2. On the Choose revisions/diagrams page, select the diagram and revision version for Diagram A and
Diagram B.
3. Choose Compare.

Diagram Change Information

The diagram comparison displays structural and logic differences between diagrams or diagram revisions.
Hover over each icon of an element to get more detailed information.

The following table lists all changes:

Change Icon Description

New elements: An element has been added to the diagram.

Changed attribute: Attributes for the element have been

changed.

Changes in the Dictionary: A Dictionary entry has been

added, removed or changed on this element.

Changes in roles: The role the element was assigned to has

changed.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 65
Change Icon Description

Deletions: An element has been removed from the diagram.

At the bottom of the window, you find information about the number of changes for every change category. You
can select which changes are shown.

 Note

Changes in sequence flows are not included in the comparison.

Related Information

Open and Save Diagrams [page 36]

7.16 Custom Graphics

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

You can upload custom graphics for use in Customer journey maps, Value chains [page 162], BPMN 2.0
diagrams and navigation maps. Uploaded files must be in SVG format. SVG images are vector-based, which
means they can scale to any size without losing quality. In contrast, formats like PNG are raster-based and can
become pixelated when scaled up. SVG images have smaller file sizes compared to PNG images, allowing for
faster loading times on web pages. Additionally, SVG images offer more flexibility and customization options, as
they can be easily manipulated and animated using CSS and JavaScript. By using the SVG format for images,
websites and other digital platforms can achieve better performance and visual quality.

 Note

• For images uploaded in the explorer, file size is limited to 20 KB for all notations, including navigation
maps.
• Images uploaded with the image manager while creating navigation maps have a size limit of 50 KB.

The following elements can be customized:

BPMN 2.0 diagrams

• IT System
• Additional Participant
• Data object

Value chains

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

66 PUBLIC Modeling
 • Process
• Collapsed process

Customer journey maps

• Persona
• Touchpoint
• Moment of truth
• Customer
• Decoration

Navigation maps

• Images

Custom graphics are tied to the workspace to which they are uploaded. If you have multiple workspaces and
want to use custom graphics in each, you must upload them separately to each workspace.

 Note

Custom graphic files do not count towards the file limit for a workspace.

Upload Custom Graphics

Follow these steps:

1. Create or save the image you want to use as an SVG file.

2. In the SAP Signavio Process Modeler explorer, open Setup Define notations/attributes .
The Define notations/attributes dialog opens.
3. In the Modeling language section, select either customer journey map, value chain, BPMN 2.0 diagram, or
navigation map.

4. In the Diagram element types section, select the element type you want to set the custom graphic for. Note
that not all elements can be customized.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 67
5. In the Custom attributes section, select the Custom Graphics tab. Select the Add button. The Upload
Custom Graphic dialog opens, with details about the upload requirements for SVG files.

6. Select Choose File and choose the file you want to upload. The Name field is prefilled with the file name. A
preview of the image is displayed. Edit the name if needed, and select Add.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

68 PUBLIC Modeling
 7. SAP Signavio Process Modeler performs a validation while your file uploads, to make sure it fits all
requirements (see section Validation criteria [page 66] below).
• If the validation is successful, your custom graphic is displayed in a list in the Custom Graphics tab.
• If the validation fails, a dialog shows you the original image and what the image will look like after being
scrubbed. If the scrubbed image is fine, choose Add scrubbed image.
• If the validation fails, it may also be that the uploaded SVG does not meet our requirements.

Your custom graphic is displayed in a list in the Custom Graphics tab, where you can now set and use it for
modeling.

Delete Custom Graphics

 Note

Deleted graphics are removed from diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 69
Follow these steps:

1. In the SAP Signavio Process Modeler explorer, open Setup > Define notations/attributes.
The Define notations/attributes dialog opens.
2. In the Modeling language section, select either customer journey map, value chain, BPMN 2.0 diagram, or
navigation map.
3. In the Diagram element types section, select the element type from which you want to delete the graphic.
4. In the Custom attributes section, select the Custom Graphics tab. Choose Remove.
5. Confirm in the dialog. The graphic is deleted from the workspace and no longer available in any diagram.

Validation Criteria

SVG is a flexible, powerful file format. However, this flexibility makes it vulnerable to security exploits. To
prevent possible security problems, SAP Signavio Process Modeler will check each SVG file you try to upload
and scrub anything potentially malicious from the file. It will then show you a preview dialog, so you can see
the differences between the original and scrubbed file. If the scrubbed file is acceptable to you, you can then
continue with the upload.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

70 PUBLIC Modeling
The requirements for SVG files are:

• The root element of the SVG must contain the required attributes either width and height or viewBox. The
width and height attributes must be absolute size.
• The attributes of the SVG file must not contain JavaScript in attributes
• The elements and attributes of the SVG file must not contain URLs
• The SVG file must not exceed the supported complexity of 2000 anchor points

Here is the list of allowed tags and attributes for SVG files:

Tags: "svg", "style", "g", "path", "ellipse", "circle", "polygon", "rect", "line", "polyline", "defs", "clipPath", "mask",
"use", "radialGradient", "linearGradient", "stop"

Attributes: "version", "xmlns", "xmlns:svg","xmlns:xlink", "xlink:href", "xlink:type", "xlink:actuate", "xlink:show",

"viewBox", "zoomAndPan", "xml:space", "contentStyleType", "contentScriptType", "preserveAspectRatio", "id",
"class", "name", "style", "transform", "d", "points", "x", "x1", "x2", "y", "y1", "y2", "cx", "cy", "r", "rx", "ry",
"width", "height", "fill", "fill-opacity", "fill-rule", "opacity", "offset", "stroke", "stroke-width", "stroke-opacity",

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 71
"stroke-dasharray", "stroke-miterlimit", "stroke-dashoffset", "stroke-linecap", "stroke-linejoin", "type","clip-
path", "mask"

Modeling with Custom Graphics

Once uploaded, custom graphics can be used in customer journey maps, value chains, BPMN 2.0 diagrams
and navigation maps.

To use custom graphics in a model, follow these steps:

1. Open an existing diagram, or create a new one.

2. Select an element you have defined a custom graphic for.
3. In the Attributes panel under Main Attribute, select the arrow next to the Image field.
4. Select your custom graphic from the drop-down menu.
Your element changes from the default graphic to the custom graphic you defined.

 Note

Models with custom graphics can be imported, exported and published to SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub the same as standard models.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

72 PUBLIC Modeling
8 Modeling Notations

SAP Signavio Process Modeler supports multiple modeling notations: BPMN for business process models,
value chains, DMN for decision diagrams and more.

In this section, you find the editing features of the different modeling notations:

• Section Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN) [page 73] explains how to model business
process diagrams in the editor.
• With Value chains [page 162], you create high-level perspectives on the process hierarchy in your
organization.
• With Decision Model and Notation (DMN) [page 98], you model decision diagrams to describe frequently
made decisions of an organization. It is also possible to simulate decisions and define and execute test
case for DMN decision logic.
This feature is available on request.

8.1 Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN)

Learn how SAP Signavio Process Modeler uses BPMN, an industry standard for modeling business processes.

The standard is published by the Object Management Group (OMG) and supported by a variety of vendors and
consultants.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler supports BPMN 2.0, including all modeling elements and attributes. With this
version of the standard, you can define activities, control flow, data flow, organizational dependencies, and
system dependencies of business processes.

The syntax rules of BPMN are enforced by the editor.

SAP Signavio is committed to BPMN, has been and continues to be involved in the standardization process,
and promotes BPMN in industry and academia.

8.1.1 Model a BPMN Diagram

This section describes the special features of modeling a BPMN diagram. Find more on modeling instructions
that apply to all notations in section Modeling [page 29].

Select a Notation Subset

By default, multiple subsets for the BPMN notation are available.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 73
  Note

Which subsets or which elements within a subset are available to you depends on the settings of your
workspace. Your workspace administrator can customize the subsets.

To select a notation subset, follow these steps:

1. From the explorer, open your diagram.

The editor opens.
2. In the shape repository on the left, select the subset you want to use.
The elements of the subset are displayed in the shape repository. You can change the subset any time.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

74 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide
Modeling Notations PUBLIC 75
Modeling Elements

The modeling elements correspond to the BPMN standard. Find an overview in the element guide Business
Process Model and Notation: An introductory guide .

The following elements are additionally available:

• Live Insights
Add insights and KPIs you want to monitor to diagrams, read more in section Add Live Insights [page 57].
• IT systems
Define artifacts as IT systems.
• Additional participant
Add more participants to an activity.

For the following elements, we provide detailed instructions:

• Create subprocesses [page 54]

• Add pools and lanes [page 40]
• Work with BPMN connectors [page 76]
• Intermediate events and boundary events [page 78]

Work with BPMN Connectors

When connecting two elements, the connector type is automatically determined according to the BPMN
standard. For example, connectors between tasks are sequence flows, while connectors to annotations or data
objects are associations.

Add, Move, or Remove Bending Points

To show the bending points of a connector, hover over it. You can drag any existing bending point to a new
location.

To add a bending point, click the connector and drag the new bending point to its location.

To remove a bending point, you have the following options:

• drag the bending point to a location that is on a line with the two neighboring bending points
• drag the bending point onto a neighboring bending point

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

76 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Move Connector Sections

You can move horizontal or vertical connector sections that are between bending points or between a bending
point and another element. To do so, hover over the connector, click the yellow area, and drag it onto it's new
location.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 77
Attached Intermediate Events or Boundary Events

 Note

The BPMN specification uses the term boundary event instead of attached intermediate event.

With attached intermediate events, you can react on events that occur during the execution of a task. For
example, if a customer cancels an order while it is still being processed, the order processing needs to stop and
tasks need to be executed that cancel the order.

• To attach an intermediate event to a task, drag it onto a task. A green border in the task indicates that the
event can be attached. Some intermediate events, like the link intermediate event, can't be attached to a
task.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

78 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
The following event types are available:

Event type Description

Canceling The occurring event cancels the task and determines how to
proceed.

Non-canceling The path defined at the event is executed in addition to the

executed task.

Attached intermediate events are canceling events by default.

• To change an event to non-canceling, select it and disable the option More Attributes > Cancel activity in
the attributes panel.

Canceling events are displayed with a solid border, the border of non-canceling events is a dotted line.

 Example

Example

Change the Diagram Orientation

BPMN diagrams are horizontally oriented by default.

We recommend to set the orientation before you start modeling.

 Note

Changing the orientation can change the diagram layout significantly and even break the layout. Previous
layout states can't be restored.

To change the orientation, follow this step:

• In the attributes panel, under Main Attributes > Diagram orientation, select the horizontal or vertical
orientation.

Check the Diagram Syntax

You can check the syntax of a BPMN diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 79
• In the toolbar, click > Check syntax. Errors are shown in the diagram. To get more details on an error,
hover over it.

Further checks are available, read more in section Work with modeling conventions [page 53].

Related Information

Inviting Modelers to Edit a Diagram [page 232]

Export a BPMN Diagram as XML [page 291]

8.1.2 Set BPMN attributes

Modeling elements have several properties you can edit. These properties are called attributes. You can use
attributes to change the appearance of an element (for example the background color or label). Attributes can
also be necessary to execute a process, for example the decision logic in a DMN diagram is an attribute.

You edit attributes in the attribute panel on the right side of the editor.

• To change the attributes for one element, select the element and open the attributes panel.
• To change diagram-wide attributes, choose any empty space on the canvas and open the attributes panel.

 Note

The first section of the attribute panel contains custom attributes, which can be defined by your workspace
administrators.

You can change attributes for one element and diagram-wide attributes.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

80 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Frequently used BPMN attributes

BPMN includes a range of attributes. The following table lists the most important attributes.

Attribute Elements Default Use

Loop type task, subprocess None Standard: task is is executed

multiple times

MI Parallel: task is executed

multiple times in parallel

MI Sequential task is exe-

cuted multiple times sequen-
tially

Task type task None Specifies the task

Send, Receive,

User, Manual,

Service, Busi-

ness rule, Script task

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 81
Attribute Elements Default Use

Is for compensation task, subprocess false A compensation activity is

used to cancel the result of
another activity that has al-
ready been completed.

Is a transaction subprocess false A transaction contains sev-

eral activities that must be
completed successfully for
the flow to continue. If any
of the activities was not com-
pleted successfully, all of
them must reversed to their
original state.

Is ad hoc subprocess false In an ad hoc subprocess, you

define the steps, but not the
order.

Is a call activity task, subprocess, event-sub- false A call activity links to a glob-
process
ally defined process or sub-
process. The called process
controls the flow. Non-stand-
ard start events are ignored.

Subprocess reference subprocess, event-subpro- none The subprocess linked to the

cess element is listed as the ref-
erence. Usually, a BPMN dia-
gram in the same workspace
is linked.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

82 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Attribute Elements Default Use

Is multi instance participant pool false Multiple similar organizations

or process participants can
be contacted during a proc-
ess. For example, project pro-
posals can be requested by

multiple companies.

Condition type sequence flow Standard After a gateway, one se-

quence flow can be the de-
fault flow that is followed in
case no other condition is
true.

State data object none States can further refine the

life cycle of data objects. You
can use any label for your
states. For example, you can
distinguish between 'new',
'completed' and 'rejected'.

Input/Output data object none Data objects can be read (in-

put) or written (output) dur-
ing a process.

input, output

Subprocesses, event-subprocesses and pools can be collapsed and expanded.

Add documentation to an element

You can add documentation to an element to include more details. For example, if a rarely executed task
requires instructions, you can add these instructions as documentation.

 Note

The element documentation can also be accessed in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

To add documentation to an element, follow these steps:

1. In Main Attributes, click Documentation.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 83
2. Click the icon. The documentation editor opens.
3. Enter and format the documentation.
4. Save with Ok.

8.1.3 Responsibility assignment according to RACI

The responsibility assignment matrix RACI is used to represent responsibilities for activities.

RACI is an acronym for the key responsibilities:

• R for responsible: performs the activity

• A for accountable: approves the activity
• C for consulted: is consulted for the activity
• I for informed: is informed about the activity

Responsibilities can be assigned to diagram elements.

Assign responsibilities in a diagram

For BPMN diagrams, there are different ways to assign responsibilities:

• You can use lanes or the element Additional participant.

• You can assign custom attributes to tasks.

Assign responsibilities with lanes and additional participants

Add a lane to set all activities in this lane as responsible (R) in the RACI matrix. It's not possible to assign
additional RACI responsibilities to a lane element.

The element Additional participant can be linked to an activity with the connector Association (undirected). The
connector has the attribute Responsibilities to assign responsibilities.

1. Add an Additional participant element to your diagram.

2. Connect the Additional participant and the Task with an Association (undirected) connector.
3. In the Attributes panel, assign one of the four RACI Responsibilities to the connector.
The responsibility is displayed as the connector label in the diagram and listed for the activity when you
export a RACI matrix.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

84 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Assign responsibilities to tasks as custom attributes

 Note

To assign responsibilities to tasks, custom attributes for RACI need to be available in your workspace.
Custom attributes can be defined by your workspace administrator.

1. Select a task in the diagram.

2. Open the attribute panel.
3. In the section Custom Attributes, click the responsibility you want to add.

4. Click the icon.

5. Enter a role. Available dictionary entries are suggested as you type.
6. Select the role from the list. The role is added to the attribute.
You can add multiple roles for one responsibility. Roles that are already assigned are displayed below the
text field.
7. Click Save.
In the diagram, there is no visible change.
When you export a RACI matrix, the assigned responsibilities are listed.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 85
To preview the dictionary entry for a responsible role, click the role.

To open the dictionary entry, click the icon and click Open.

To remove a role, click the icon and click Remove.

Export a RACI matrix

The RACI matrix lists the 4 RACI assignments and an additional responsibility where no RACI category was
used:

• R - Responsible
• A - Accountable
• C - Consulted
• I - Informed
• X- Participates

To export a RACI matrix for one or multiple diagrams, follow these steps:

1. Select Reporting>Responsibility assignment matrix / RACI (XLS).

2. In the dialog, select the diagrams.
When you select multiple diagrams, one matrix including all diagrams is generated.
When a diagram has no responsibilities assigned, the matrix remains empty.
3. Click Start analysis.
An XLS file is generated.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

86 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
8.1.4 Setting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

Key performance indicators have to be set for a quantitative analysis. The indicators can be set for task
execution probabilities and frequency. They also inform about cost and execution time.

Diagrams have to be structurally and semantically correct to create a quantitative analysis. SAP Signavio
Process Modeler provides tools that allow you to check the corresponding properties of process diagrams.

KPIs can be set for each element in the Attributes section on the right in the Editor. Select an element, then
click the two arrows above Attributes to extend the section on the right. The KPI values for the corresponding
analyses are set under Cost and Resource Analysis and More Attributes. Simply click the corresponding
headlines to expand the KPI settings. When you are finished setting the KPI values for one element, simply
click the next element in the central section and add the corresponding values on the right. When you are
finished adding the necessary values to all elements, you can click the arrows on the left of the grey 'Attributes'
header to close the Attributes menu and proceed with the calculation.

The following attributes are key values for the process cost and resource consumption analyses:

• Frequency (per year): Start Event

Denotes how often a process is started via this entry point. Multiple start events that represent
alternative entry points for the process are allowed.
e.g. "1000"

• Execution (minutes): Task (BPMN)

Denotes how long it takes on average to complete the task. This value is required for a resource
consumption analysis.
e.g. "2.5"

• Execution costs (currency): Task (BPMN)

Denotes the costs that come up during the activity. This key value is required for a process cost analysis.
e.g. "5"

• Probability: Sequence Flow

Denotes the probability for choosing this sequence flow after a decision gateway/XOR-connector. This is
supposed to be a value between 0 and 1.
e.g. "0.2"

 Caution

'20%' has to be denoted as '0.2'.s

• Cost center: Task (BPMN)

This is an optional value and represents the cost center for the activity costs.
e.g. "KS 1008"

• Apply in calculation: All elements

Uncheck to exclude an element from the analysis.

"yes" / "no"

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 87
  Note

Floating point numbers are accepted either in the form of "2.5" or "2,5" but will be automatically converted
to the notation of "2,5".

Check Completeness

After setting the KPI, you can trigger a check for completeness to ensure that all required values are present for
analysis.

Choose (check) from the toolbar and select Cost and resource analysis check.

This check might take several seconds.

Some elements may now be marked with one of the following icons:

• The white exclamation mark on orange denotes that key values are missing for an element. It is also
attached to elements that will be ignored during an analysis, as it is not logically contained in those
measurements. (For example, a sending intermediate message event will be ignored during an analysis.)

This does not interfere with the analysis calculation, but some of the calculations may not be able to run
properly due to missing data.

• The white exclamation mark on red denotes a heavy structural or logical mistake. Additionally, some
modeling elements preventing an analysis are marked with this symbol--for example, a complex gateway
cannot be included in a process analysis.

This sign marks that an element interferes with the analysis calculation.
Hover over one of these symbols to get more details about the problem that occurred.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

88 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Get information about an error

An analysis calculation can be triggered only after all severe mistakes (indicated in red) have been removed.

After removing them, switch to the Explorer.

8.1.5 Create views

You can create different views for different audiences. In a view, you include what you want to show an audience
and exclude what the audience does not need to see.

Examples for using different views of process models:

• A model contains both user activities and elements for technical implementation. The audience wants to
focus on the technical implementation.
• A model contains different variants of one process. The audience should only view one variant.
• A model contains the expected path of a process and a number of exceptions. The audience doesn't need
to see the exceptions.

You can create as many views as you need.

Create and change views

1. Extend the right panel and scroll to Views. All available views are listed.
• To create a new view, click Create new view.
• To configure an existing view, click the view.
The view configuration opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 89
2. In the configuration, select the objects to exclude from a view.
You can preview the result and the original diagram.
3. Enter a name and a description for your view.
4. Click Save changes.

Navigate the view configuration

Click and drag a preview to scroll to other areas of the diagram.

Use the zoom slider to zoom in and out of the diagrams.

By default, you move both diagram versions in the preview. To move the diagrams separately, disable
Synchronous Scrolling.

Edit a view

You can exclude all Comments , Data objects, IT Systems, or Roles above the original view.

• Data objects: contains data objects, data storage and messages

• IT Systems: contains IT systems
• Roles: contains pools, lanes, collapsed pools and additional participants
• Comments : contains all comments on the diagram

You can show or hide each element. In the original view, disable elements to exclude them from a view.

For pools, you have additional options. Select an option from the drop-down list at the bottom of the pool.

• Pool is opened: The pool and its content are included in the view. You can define view options for all
contained elements.
• Pool is collapsed: The pool content is not shown.
• Only content: No roles that are defined by the pool and its lanes are shown. Message flows attached to the
pool are hidden.
• Pool is hidden: Neither the pool nor its content is included in the view. Message flows attached to the pool
are hidden.

When you uncheck a pool, all elements in that pool are excluded from a view.

To keep the original diagram size and the original placement of the shown elements, disableReduce free space.

The preview is refreshed after every change.

Duplicate a view

To create a duplicate view from an existing view, follow these steps:

1. Click the original view to open it.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

90 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 2. Edit the view.
3. Click Save as duplicate....
4. Enter a name for the new view and click OK.
A new view is created.

Delete a view

1. Click the view to open it.

2. Click Delete view.
3. Confirm the deletion in the dialog.
The view is deleted.

Editing views from within the Editor

It is possible to include or exclude diagram elements from one or multiple views while editing a diagram--
without opening the views configuration. This makes it fast and easy to edit existing views.

• Choose one or multiple elements.

Changes in the include option can be applied to single or multiple elements

• Behind each view that is stored in the attribute editor. check boxes will appear. Those can be empty,
checked or, if multiple elements were selected, colored green:

Only some of the selected elements are included in the view, but not all.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 91
Checked

All selected elements are included in the view.

Empty

None of the selected elements is included in the view.

• Check or uncheck the boxes, to add/remove the elements selected from one of the views.

Check views while modeling

When you have views available, you can check while modeling if an element is visible in a view.

Open the view panel and click an element. The view which contains the element is marked.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

92 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Exporting views

You can include views when you export a diagram as an SVG, PNG, PDF, or a BPMN 2.0 XML file. The SGX
export contains all views for a diagram. Read more about exporting diagrams in section Downloading/exporting
diagrams [page 286].

8.1.6 Risk Management

Learn how to define custom risk management tables in the Dictionary.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

Creating Risks and Controls in the Editor

You can document the risks and controls directly in your process landscape. This is obtained via the element
attribute.

 Caution

To use this feature, you need to configure it first, see section Managing risks and controls definitions for
details.

To add a risk to a diagram element, proceed as follows:

1. Ensure that you defined Risks and Controls as described in Managing risks and controls definitions.
2. Select the element.
3. In the attribute panel under Custom Attributes select the defined category. The Risk Management dialog
opens.
4. Enter the name for the risk. While typing a name, the system automatically proposes possible names of
existing risks.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 93
 Suggestions pop up as you type

 Caution

If you use an already existing risk attribute from the dictionary, you can change locally the corresponding
value. Please be aware that this could lead to inconsistency and should be avoided. For more detailed
information see section Overwrite dictionary entries locally [page 208].

To create a new risk, follow these steps:

1. Enter the risk definition.

The risk definition

2. For each risk, you can add controls:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

94 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Add a control

3. Choose (visualize) in the toolbar to visualize controlled and uncontrolled risks:

To create an overview over all risks and controls, you can create reports, see section Generating risks
management reports [page 259].

Edit Risks and Controls in the Dictionary

When you need to update a specific risk or control, you can do this centrally in the Dictionary. The update will
affect all diagrams that reference this risk or control immediately.

Of course, you can also add new risks and controls in the Dictionary (see Using the Dictionary in the Editor
[page 205]).

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 95
To add risks and controls to the Dictionary, open the Dictionary and create new entries of the type Risk or
Control:

Create a new risk in the Dictionary

To ensure your risks and controls definitions are updated when a process changes, you can employ approval
workflows, see section Approval workflows [page 243], that enforce a review by a risk management specialist
before a process revision is published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub or otherwise released into a
production environment.

8.1.7 FIM attributes for public administration

 Caution

This articles introduces the FIM BPMN extensions, which are relevant for the German public
administration. The plugin for the editor is accessible on request.

The German Federal Ministry of the Interior created a BPMN extension for structuring BPMN-diagrams: the
so called FIM attributes (translates as Federal Information Management). These attributes equip processes in
departments and sectors of the public administration with reference attributes, to compare them with more
clarity on a national level.

The principle of the FIM initiative is: "The same content should always be described in the same way."

The attributes refer to common activity types like receive information or decide. These are activities that occur
commonly in the processes of the public administration, but different local authorities have different ideas of
implementing them. For example: Many local administrations use different forms to receive information for
public services, although on the basis of these information they have to decide over the same factual matters.
The FIM initiative strives to standardize the processes to reduce bureaucratic expenditure, using instruments
of process management.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

96 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
In the BPMN extension, these processes are ordered into groups through FIM. The reference activity groups are
marked with different labels in the top right corner of a subprocess activity. This makes the the FIM groups
easy to recognize.

You can also use the add-on outside of the public administration context. It is a useful tool to structure
subprocesses and to standardize content that belongs to the same reference group.

Adding an FIM attribute

1. Add a collapsed sub process to the canvas.

2. Select the subprocess and open the attribute menu.
3. Under main attributes, from reference activity groups, select the correct FIM attribute from the drop-down
list.

Overview of FIM-attributes

The attribute labels can be used flexibly, but usually they refer to:

1. Receive information describes the arrival of new information or documents.

2. Provide Information describes the forwarding of information or documents, especially to external
participants (for example civilians or other enterprises).
3. Check formally describes proving something on the basis of procedural law.

4. Check materially describes proving something on the basis of substantive law.

5. Decide refers to a decision based on an expert assessment.

6. Create , for example a new document.

7. Execute participation involves an external participant into the process.
8. Execute other activity is optional, and can be used if no other type applies.

More information on how to create subprocesses is available in the section Create subprocesses [page 54].

Creating attributes for FIM reference activities

1. In the explorer, select Setup > Define notations/attributes.

2. Select Business Process Diagram (BPMN 2.0) as the modeling language and Collapsed Subprocess as the
element type and click Add in the Custom attributes section.
3. You can define the attribute name and type.

Read more in section Add and manage notation subsets.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 97
8.1.8 Frequently asked questions

How can I add a second lane to a pool?

You can drag lanes from the shape repository in the left panel. Drag the lane onto the head of a pool and a new
lane will be created. Find more information about pools and lanes in section Add pools and lanes [page 40].

How can I change the orientation of a diagram (horizontal/vertical)?

You can change the orientation of a diagram in the attribute column under Main Attributes . Simply click the set
value ( horizontal or vertical ) of the attribute Diagram Orientation and change it correspondingly. The Editor will
automatically re-align the elements in the diagram after you confirm.

How can I link a document to a task?

Custom attributes can be defined for each modeling element. Open the Explorer, click Setup and choose Define
notations/attributes . Now, select a subset (e.g. Business Process Diagram (BPMN 2.0) and BPMN (complete)),
the diagram element type (e.g. Task) and click Add custom attribute . Name the attribute and choose the data
type Link/URL. Click Create .

Whenever a diagram is opened in the Editor, you can select a task and link a document to it using the attribute
Editor.

8.2 Decision Model and Notation (DMN)

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

 Note

This feature is available on request.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler supports DMN version 1.2.

DMN version 1.2 introduced the diagram element decision service to the specification. This element is
not supported.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

98 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 You find the specification at [Link] .

With DMN, you can describe and model frequently made decisions of an organization, which answer the
following questions:

• Which information is required for a decision?

• Are there any preceding decisions?
• Are there external or internal guidelines?
• What are the dependencies?

DMN is not suitable for modeling strategic decisions.

The notation is designed to be readable by all types of business users in order to ease collaboration for all
stakeholders.

DMN and BPMN diagrams can be linked so that processes can be viewed separately from decisions, with the
advantage that the process is streamlined and the decision is traceable.

DMN consists of the decision requirements diagram and the decision table.

The decision requirements diagram is the graphical representation of the decision rule. For example, the
diagram below describes what information and decisions are needed to screen an applicant and decide
whether to hire or not.

From the decision table, the appropriate decision is read for each supplied input. For example, in the table
below it is defined whether or not an applicant must have specific technical knowledge, be fluent in certain
foreign languages, and must have gained experience abroad.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 99
Related Information

Model a Decision [page 100]

Define a decision logic [page 109]

8.2.1 Model a Decision

Before you start modeling a decision, it is helpful to answer the following questions.

• Which decisions have to be made?

• What is the goal of a decision?
• Can a decision be split into partial decisions?
• Which requirements are needed to make a decision?
• Is the logic for a decision determined by external laws or internal guidelines?

Modeling a decision involves the following steps:

1. Create a DMN diagram.

To do so, add decision elements and connect them. Read more in section Available diagram elements
[page 101].
2. For each decision, add rules to decision table and define a hit policy.
Read more in section Define a decision logic [page 109]. The section also describes how to create simple
literal expressions.
To calculate sums using literal expressions, read more in section Using advanced literal expressions
(functions in DMN decision elements) [page 121].
3. You can simulate the DMN diagram.
To do so, apply data to it and check the results. Read more in section DMN simulation [page 159].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

100 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 In addition, you can run test cases to check whether your DMN diagram meets specific requirements.
Read more in section The DMN test lab [page 137].
4. You can integrate your decision model with a BPMN business process.
Read more in section Link a DMN diagram to a BPMN diagram [page 133].

In this section, the diagram elements and editing functions that are only available for this notation are
described.

For general creation and editing options that are available for all notations, read more in section Modeling [page
29].

Available Diagram Elements

In the shape repository, you can choose whether to use the core elements or a complete set of DMN elements.

Decision

A decision element determines a result based on input data and a decision logic. Each decision element

provides a table for the decision logic. You can open the decision table by choosing (table) in the decision
element.

To describe a decision, use a question-answer-scheme. By default, the attribute panel provides the attributes
Question and Answers for documenting this scheme for each decision.

You can split a decision into one main and several sub decisions. To do this, you link several decision elements
in the necessary order. Read more in section Create sub decisions [page 105].

Input Data

Via the input data element, you provide information for decisions. One input data element can be used by
multiple decisions and business knowledge models.

If you must model numerous data input elements, you can simplify this by using the complex data input
element. Read more in section Create complex input data elements [page 103].

Business Knowledge Model

With the business knowledge model element, you add a function containing business knowledge, for example,
in form of business rules, an additional decision table, or an analytic model.

Via this element, you can reuse decision logic. Read more in section Reuse decision logic via business
knowledge models [page 133].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 101
Knowledge Source

With the knowledge source element, you describe the source of rules for a decision, for example laws,
regulations, and guidelines.

Multi Instance Decision

A multi instance decision is a sub decisions which is executed several times. The result of a multi instance
decision is a value or a list that is used as input for another decision. Read more in section Create a multi
instance decision [page 107].

Group

Use this element to group diagram elements that belong together.

Text Annotation

Use this element to add information to the diagram or a diagram element.

Information Requirement

This connector links any input data or decision element to the decision that requires the information.

Knowledge Requirement

This connector links any business knowledge model that must be used by the decision logic, to the decision.

Authority Requirement

This connector links any diagram element that acts as a source of guidance or knowledge to another diagram
element.

You can connect an input data element with a dependent knowledge source or a knowledge source element
with any dependent decision.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

102 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Association (Undirected)

This connector links text annotations to other DMN elements.

Create Complex Input Data Elements

If a decision requires numerous input data, you must model many input data elements. You can simplify this by
creating a complex input data element in which you define all input data as attributes.

 Example

Example:

To determine a discount, you need data on the purchase value and the customer status. Instead of
creating an input data element for both pieces of information, you create one complex data input element
and configure the purchase value and the customer status as its attributes. In the decision table, both
attributes are available.

To create a complex input data element, follow these steps:

1. Select the data input element you want to configure as complex.

2. In the attributes panel, set the value of the attribute Type definition to Complex type.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 103
3. To add attributes to the data input element, choose (more options) next to the Attributes attribute.
The configuration dialog opens.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

104 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 4. Type a name and select a type.
Depending on the type, you can define further properties.
5. Confirm with Save.
The attribute is created.

6. To add more attributes, open the configuration dialog again by choosing (more options).

Create a Sub-Decision

When a lot of information has to be considered for a decision, you can outsource part of the information to sub
decisions. This makes the diagram easier to understand as the dependencies and input values are easier to
see. The logic of each decision is also easier to define.

 Example

Example DMN diagram without sub-decisions:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 105
  Example

Example DMN diagram with sub-decisions:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

106 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
For sub-decisions, the decision element is used. To create a sub-decision, add a decision element and connect
it with the decision that needs the result of the sub-decision as input.

Create a Multi-Instance Decision

Multi-instance decisions are sub-decisions that provide input for other decisions. They are similar to a for-loop
in a computer program: They iterate decisions and expressions over a selected list. The list is contained within
the input data where the input data is either a list or a complex input data type.

 Example

Example:

Each position of the purchase agreement is validated to determine the validity of the entire agreement.

To create a multi-instance decision, follow these steps:

1. Add a Multi Instance Decision element to your diagram and name it.
2. Add an Input Data element, which represents the list, and name the element.
3. In the attribute panel, define the input data element as a list in the Is list attribute.
4. Connect the two elements.
To do so, select the multi instance decision element and from its shortcut menu, drag the connector icon to
the input data element.

5. To specify the list over which the multi instance decision must iterate, choose (configuration) in the
element.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 107
 The configuration dialog opens.
You can also open this dialog via the Iteration attribute in the attribute panel.
6. Select your input data element as the input list.
7. Select the aggregation to specify what will happen with the result of the multi instance decision.
8. Confirm with Save.
In the multi instance decision, an input data element is added representing the values of the list.
Don't define this element as a list, otherwise the multi instance decision is set up incorrectly.
9. Define the internal logic of the multi instance decision.
To do so, add a decision and place it in the multi instance decision. Connect the decision with the input
data element that is also located in the multi instance decision.

 Example

Example:

Setting up the multi-instance decision is complete.

Now, you can link it to the decision that needs the result of the multi-instance decision as input.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

108 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Related Information

Define a decision logic [page 109]

Link DMN elements and diagrams [page 133]

8.2.2 Define a decision logic

Decision logic specifies the details of a decision. This means you define rules in form of a decision table or
literal expression to describe which combinations of data lead to certain results. In addition to the rules, you
must define what happens when inputs meet multiple or no rules. This is done by specifying a hit policy.

In this section, the options for defining a decision logic are explained.

To learn how to specify the hit policy and set the completeness requirement, read more in section Define a hit
policy and the completeness requirement [page 115].

Define a decision table

Decision logic can be presented as a table. A business rule that exists in your company is represented by a
decision rule in the decision table. All cells in a table row form a decision rule.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 109
Table inputs are specified in columns. Each input has a specific data type. The output column shows the result
of the applied business rule. Like the inputs, each output also has a data type.

The decision rule then compares input data with the values in the cells.

Add rules to a decision table

To create decision rules, you must configure input data in the Inputs column and map them to output data in
the Output column.

Any input data modeled on the canvas is already available when you open decision table. You can add missing
input data by defining input columns in the table.

All input data defined via the table is added as input data elements to the canvas when the table is saved. You
also need to define decision rules and map the outputs.

To define input data and add decision rules, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table. To do so, select the decision to which you want to add rules and click .
The decision logic configuration dialog opens.
You can also open this dialog via the Decision logic attribute in the attribute panel.
2. Configure the input data. To do so, follow these steps:
1. Double-click New Input in the column header, and enter a name for the input data.
If a dictionary entry exists, you can select it.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

110 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 2. Below the input data name, double-click Text, select the type of the input data, and define its options.
If you have chosen a dictionary entry as data input, it depends on the entry's configuration whether
you need to specify the data type.
The following data types are available:
• Enumeration
• Text
• Number
• Boolean
• Hierarchy
• Date
3. In the same way, configure the output data in the Outputs column.
4. In the same way, you can configure the Annotations column to add information to the decision rules.
5. Define the first decision rule:
1. Double-click the left area of the first table cell. A list opens.
2. Select an operator to define the relation between the input and the output.
Read more on operators in section Decision table operators [page 112].
3. Double-click the right area of the same cell. Again, a list opens.
4. Select or enter an input value.
5. In the Outputs column, double-click the cell and enter an output value.
6. With the buttons at the top of the table, you can add more rules, input data, output data, and annotations.
7. To define more rules, you have the following options:
• You can continue defining rules cell by cell as described above.
• With Add rule > Duplicate rule, you can copy and paste existing rules.
• With Import/Export > Text Import, you can add text-based decision rules instead of defining the rules
cell by cell. Read more in section Import decision rules [page 113].
8. Select a hit policy for the decision table and specify the completeness requirement.
In case of a multi hit policy, you can also select an aggregation. Read more in section Define a hit policy and
the completeness requirement [page 115].
9. With Verify, you can check the logic for completeness and consistency. Below the table, all combinations of
input values are displayed that aren't covered by a decision rule.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 111
10. Confirm with Apply.
Your decision logic is set up.

Decision table operators

Operator Symbol Description

equal Returns true if the input value equals

the specified value.
For dates: on

not equal Returns true if the input value doesn't

equal the specified value.
For dates: not on

less Returns true if the input value is less

than the specified value.
For dates: before

less or equal Returns true if the input value is less

than or equals the specified value.
For dates: until

greater Returns true if the input value is

greater than the specified value.
For dates: after

greater or equal Returns true if the input value is

greater or equal than the specified
For dates: from value.

contains Returns true if the input value contains

the specified value.
For numbers: included

not contains Returns true if the input value doesn't

contain the specified value.
For numbers: not included

begins with Returns true if the input value begins

with the specified value.

ends with Returns true if the input value ends

with the specified value.

element of Returns true if the input value is also in

the list of the decision table.

not element of Returns true if the input value isn't in

the list of the decision table.

elements of and contains only Returns true if the input list contains
and only items the list in the decision table
contains as well.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

112 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Operator Symbol Description

contains any of Returns true if the input list contains

at least one item the list in the decision
table contains.

contains none of Returns true if the input list doesn't

contain any item the list in the decision
table contains.

valid Returns true if the input value is de-

fined (not empty) and valid. For exam-
ple, if you only consider numeric values
equal or greater than zero, all numeric
values less than zero and all non-nu-
meric values aren't valid.

not valid Returns true if the input value is de-

fined (not empty), but invalid. For ex-
ample, if you only consider numeric val-
ues equal or greater than zero, all nu-
meric values less than zero and all non-
numeric values are invalid.

defined Returns true if the input value is de-

fined (not empty).

not defined Returns true if the input value isn't de-

fined (empty).

Import decision rules to the decision table

Instead of defining the decision rules cell by cell, you can import text-based decision rules into the table.
The columns still need to be configured as described above. The individual rules can be in the form of a list,
separated by the delimiters tab, semicolon, or comma.

The import function doesn't overwrite or delete existing rules. Imported rules are always added.

Text-based rules must have the following structure:

• Relational operators like = and <= must be part of the field they relate to.
• For each rule, you need to start a new line.
• The import only supports the following literal expressions:
• not(value)
• not(value1, ..., valueN)
• !=value

To add text-based decision rules, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table and click Import/Export > Text Import in the top-right corner.
The text import dialog opens.
2. Select a delimiter.
3. Either enter the decision rules or copy them, for example from a text file or spreadsheet, to the editor field.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 113
4. Click Import.
The rules are added to the table. You can add more by opening the text import dialog again.

 Example

Example:

Define a literal expression

As an alternative to the logic in the decision table, you can define logic via a literal expression.

 Caution

If a literal expression is defined, it supersedes the decision logic in the decision table.

Literal expressions represent predefined logical algorithms or rules that can be used to automatically create
output results for decisions, often but not necessarily in a formal expression language. You can use literal
expressions to add logic that can't be expressed in the decision table, for example, function calls, interim
values, or list manipulation.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

114 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Literal expressions are written in FEEL, the 'friendly enough expression language' specified as part of the DMN
standard. You can download the specification along with examples for literal expression use cases at https://
[Link]/spec/DMN/1.1/ .

To define a literal expression, follow these steps:

1. Select a decision and click .

The decision logic editor opens.
2. Select the Expression tab on the left side and add the literal expression.
3. Confirm with Apply.

Read more about literal expressions in section Using advanced literal expressions (functions in DMN decision
elements) [page 121].

Define an informal expression

If decision logic can't be expressed formally, you can describe it with natural language. The description doesn't
have to be formal or executable.

To define an informal expression, follow these steps:

1. Select a decision and click .

The decision logic editor opens.
2. Select the Informal expression tab on the left side and add the description of the decision.
3. Select the data type of the decision logic via the Value domain list in the upper right corner.
4. Confirm with Apply.

Next steps

Link the logic of another decision [page 133]

Reuse decision logic via business knowledge models [page 133]

Create dictionary entries for input or output data in decisions [page 135]

8.2.3 Define a hit policy and the completeness requirement

With the hit policy, you define how your decision table manages inputs that are handled by several rules and
inputs for which no rules are defined. There are two types:

• Single hit policies produce one result per input. Here, only one rule is applied at a time, even if several rules
exist.
• Multi hit policies produce an array of outputs. Here, all applicable rules are considered regardless of their
position in the table. The resulting output can be a list or aggregated to a single value.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 115
With the completeness requirement, you define whether your decision table is only valid if its rules consider all
possible inputs. This means, a table is only valid if the modeler added rules for all input data. When checking
the decision table with Verify, the completeness is checked as well.

Unique (single) is the default hit policy. Read more in section Hit policy types [page 117].

To select another hit policy for a decision table, follow these steps:

1. In a DMN diagram, click in the decision element.

The decision table opens.
2. Click the letter in the upper left corner.
The configuration dialog opens.

 Example

Example:

3. Select the hit policy. Find details on each hit policy type below.
4. In case of a multi hit policy, select the aggregation:
• Collect (multiple)
• Sum
• Minimum
• Maximum
• Count

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

116 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 5. Select the completeness requirement:
• Complete: A complete decision table is only valid if it considers all possible inputs.
• Incomplete: An incomplete decision table is valid even if it doesn't consider all possible inputs.
6. Confirm with Save.
The hit policy and completeness is set.

Hit policy types

Unique (single)

One input combination is covered by exactly one rule. It's assumed that all inputs are independent of each
other, so any combination is possible. Overlapping rules are not allowed.

Unique (single) is the default hit policy. In the decision table, it's indicated with the letter U.

 Example

Example:

Depending on the current season, a retailer decides which product group to offer at a reduced price. Only
one product group can be offered, since only one season exists at the same time.

Input Output

Season Product group

Spring garden equipment

Summer beverages

Autumn clothes

Winter food

Any (single)

Multiple rules cover the same combination of input values. This overlap is only allowed if the rules also lead to
the same result.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter A.

 Example

Example:

If a credit applicant is younger than 18 years old and is already in debt, the application is rejected.
Otherwise the credit applicant gets a credit.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 117
 Input Output

Age Debt Result

< 18 yes rejected

- no approved

>= 18 - approved

Priority (single)

Multiple rules can apply for one input value. The results are ordered according to their priority. The result with
the highest priority is returned.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter P.

 Example

Example:

In a decision table, the logic determines at what age customers get certain discount vouchers. Customers
aged 18 or over get vouchers for sports equipment, and all customers older than 3 vouchers for toys. Both
rules apply to a 30-year-old customer. As the sports equipment has a higher priority, the customer gets a
voucher for this. Consequently, the output list is [sports equipment, toys, clothing].

Input Output

Age Voucher for

> 18 Sports equipment

>3 Toys

- Clothing

First (single)

Overlapping rules are allowed, but only the first applicable rule is used. As the rules are evaluated from top to
bottom, you must sort the rules in the table.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter F.

 Example

Example:

In a decision table, the logic determines at what age customers get certain discount vouchers. Customers
aged 18 or over get vouchers for clothing, and all customers older than 3 vouchers for sports equipment.
Both rules apply to a 30-year-old customer. As the rule for 18-year-old customers is at the top of the
decision table, this rule serves as the basis for the decision. The customer receives a voucher for clothing.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

118 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Input Output

Age Voucher for

> 18 Clothing

>3 Sports equipment

- Toys

Collect (multiple)

By default, the collect hit policy collects the outputs of matching rules, but can be configured to determine the
sum, minimum, maximum, or count of matching outputs instead.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter C.

 Example

Example:

An online shop adds a discount coupon to specific orders. The discount depends on the total sum of an
order. In the decision table below, the outcome differs depending on the aggregation set for the hit policy.
Given a 250$ purchase order, the following applies:

• Without aggregation set, the hit policy returns two coupons (5% and 25% discount) in no particular
order.
• With aggregation set to sum, the hit policy returns one coupon with 30% discount.
• With aggregation set to maximum, the hit policy returns one coupon with 25% discount.
• With aggregation set to minimum, the hit policy returns one coupon with 0% discount and disappoints
the customer in this scenario.
• With aggregation set to count, the hit policy returns 2, which doesn't provide any relevant information
in this scenario.

Input Output

Total order sum Discount coupon

<= 50$ 0%

> 50$ 5%

> 200$ 25%

Output order (multiple)

Results are ordered by the priority of the output values.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter O.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 119
  Example

Example:

An online shop adds small gifts to orders. The gifts a customer receives depend on the total order sum. If
the order sum is 50$ or lower, the customer receives a discount coupon. If the order sum exceeds 50$, the
customer receives a small pack of high-quality coffee in addition to the coupon.

With an output order hit policy, for the total order sum of 250$ the table below will return the result
[Coffee, Discount coupon], sorted according to the order of the specified output list.

Input Output

Total order sum Gift = [Coffee, Discount coupon]

- Discount coupon

> 50$ Coffee

Rule order (multiple)

Results are ordered by the order of matching rules.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter R.

 Example

Example:

An online shop adds small gifts to orders. The gifts a customer receives depend on the total order sum. If
the order sum is 50$ or lower, the customer receives a discount coupon. If the order sum exceeds 50$, the
customer receives a small pack of high-quality coffee in addition to the coupon.

When applying a rule order hit policy, an input of 250$ will return the result [Discount coupon,
Coffee], sorted according to the order of the applying rules.

Input Output

Total order sum Gift = [Coffee, Discount coupon]

- Discount coupon

> 50$ Coffee

Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 109]

DMN simulation [page 159]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

120 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
8.2.4 Using Advanced Literal Expressions (Functions in DMN
Decision Elements)

If you have modeled Decision Model and Notation (DMN) diagrams, you are likely familiar with DMN
expressions for decision logic, as explained in Model a decision [page 100].

 Example

Some basic operators are available from the Decision Table Editor's list.

In addition, you can use SAP Signavio's advanced literal expressions based on friendly enough expression
language (FEEL) as part of the DMN standard.

For more information, see Chapter 9 in the OMG PDF document: Decision Model and Notation .

 Example

A simple example is determining a discount based on the total value of a list of purchased objects. Single
commands can be combined in a literal expression.

• Product((1 - DiscountRate) * Sum(ListOfItemPrices)).

This calculates the total purchase sum of a list of items, considering a discount. The variables used here
correspond to the data types defined in input data element's attributes and can be set when simulating the
DMN diagram.

You can also use standard operators ( +, -, *, /, and, or) within a literal expression.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 121
 • (1 - DiscountRate) * Sum(ListOfItemPrices).

For more information, see section Documentation of all literal expressions [page 125].

Using Literal Expressions in Decision Tables

Here are the steps to create decision logic for determining a discount based on the total sum of purchased
items.

1. Create the Purchased items data input element.

The input should be a list of numbers (type currency).
2. Create a decision element and label it Determine discount.
3. Connect the decision element to the data input element.
4. Choose the table icon (Decision) in the upper left corner of the decision element to open the Decision Table
Editor.

5. Select the header and delete the input reference in the table to be able to insert a literal expression.

6. Type in =.
The system displays available variables and functions.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

122 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 7. Type in Sum and select the Sum function.
8. Insert the variable PurchasedItems as a parameter of Sum.

9. Insert the literal expression Sum(PurchasedItems).

As a result, the decision logic's input data is the sum of all purchased items. You can further define the
decision logic.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 123
Using Literal Expressions Instead of Decision Tables

You can also use literal expressions instead of decision tables. Split a decision into two connected elements:
one with a decision table and one with literal expression logic.

Here, Calculate total sum and Determine discount are two separate decision elements.

• The first element calculates the total sum of purchased items.

• The second element determines the discount based on the total sum.

Here are the steps to model the first decision without using a decision table.

1. Open the decision table editor and switch to the Literal expressions tab.
2. There, insert the literal expression to calculate the sum of items.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

124 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 As a result, the decision element returns the sum of items as a data output and can be referenced by the
following decision element.

In a complex literal expression, you can define variables, known as boxed contexts, and reference them in our
decision function to improve the readability of a literal expression.

 Caution

If a literal expression is defined, it supersedes the decision logic in the decision table.

Documentation of all Literal Expressions

This section lists all available literal expressions, grouped by operation type.

Arithmetic Operations

Name Literal Expression Description Example

Abs Abs(number):NUMERIC Returns the absolute value of Abs(-5) returns 5.

a number.

Ceiling Ceiling(number):NUMERI Returns a number rounded Ceiling(1.3) returns 2.

C up to the next integer.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 125
Name Literal Expression Description Example

Count Count([num1 ,num2, Returns the number of ele- daysCount(["item1",

num3]):NUMERIC ments of the given list. "item2", "item3"]) re-
turns 3.

Floor Floor(number):NUMERIC Returns a number rounded Floor(1.6) returns 1.

down to the next integer.

Integer Integer(number): Returns the integer part of a Integer(1.34) returns 1.

NUMERIC number.

Modulo Modulo(divident, Returns the remainder of the Modulo(4, 3) returns 1.

divisor):NUMERIC divident divided by the divi-
sor.

Percent Percent(number):NUMERI Returns the number divided Percent(10) returns 0.1.

C by 100.

Power Power(base, Returns the base raised to Power(2, 3) returns 8.

exponent):NUMERIC the power of the exponent.

Product Product([factor1, Returns the product of a list Product([2, 3, 4]) re-

factor2, of factors. turns 24.
factor3]):NUMERIC

Round Round(number,digits):N Returns a number rounded Round(3.44,1) returns

UMERIC to the corresponding number 3.4.
of digits.

RoundDown RoundDown(number, Returns a number rounded RoundDown(1.3674, 2)

digits):NUMERIC down to the corresponding returns 1.36.
number of digits.

RoundUp RoundUp(number, Returns a number rounded Abs(1.344, 2) returns

digits):NUMERIC up to the corresponding 1.35.
number of digits.

Sum Sum([number1, number2, Returns the sum of a list of Sum([1, 2, 3, 4, 5])

number3]):NUMERIC values. returns 15.

Date and Time Operations

Name Literal Expression Description Example

Date Date(year, month, Returns a date using the Date(2015, 12, 25) re-
day):DATE standard parameters of a turns 2015-12-25.
date: year, month, day

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

126 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Name Literal Expression Description Example

DateTime DateTime(day, month, Returns the dateTime using DateTime(25, 12, 2015,
year, hour, the standard parameters of 12, 15, 0, 1) returns
minute, second, a data time. The last parame- 2015-12-24T12:15:00.00
hourOffsett):DATE ter 'hourOffset' is optional. 0+01:00.

Day Day(datetime):NUMERIC Returns the day part of a Day(2015-12-24T12:15:0

datetime. 0.000+01:00) returns 24.

DayAdd DayAdd(datetime, days Returns the date plus the DayAdd(2015-12-24T12:1

to add):DATE provided number of days. 5:00.000+01:00, 1) re-
turns
2015-12-25T12:15:00.00
0+01:00.

DayDiff DayDiff(datetime1, Returns the amount of full DayDiff(2015-12-24T12:

datetime2):NUMERIC 15:00.000+01:00,
2015-12-25T12:15:00.00
0+01:00) returns 1.

Hour Hour(datetime):NUMERIC Returns the hour part of a Hour(2015-12-24T12:15:

datetime. 00.000+01:00) returns 12.

HourDiff Hour(time):NUMERIC Returns the amount of full HourDiff(2015-12-24T12

hours between two dates. :15:00.000+01:00,
2015-12-24T14:15:00.00
0+01:00) returns 2.

Minute Minute(time):NUMERIC Returns the minute part of a Minute(2015-12-24T12:1

datetime. 5:00.000+01:00) returns
15.

MinutesDiff MinutesDiff(datetimes1 Returns the amount of full MinutesDiff(2015-12-24

, date2times):NUMERIC minutes between two dates. T12:15:00.000+01:00,
2015-12-24T13:15:00.00
0+01:00) returns 60.

Month Month(datetime):NUMERI Returns the month part of a Month(2015-12-24T12:15

C datetime. :00.000+01:00) returns
12.

MonthAdd MonthAdd(datetime, Returns the datetime plus MonthAdd(2015-10-10T12

months_to_add):DATE the number of months. :15:00.000+01:00, 1)
returns
2015-11-10T12:15:00.00
0+01:00.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 127
Name Literal Expression Description Example

MonthDiff MonthDiff(datetime1, Returns the amount of full MonthDiff(2015-10-10T1

datetime2):NUMERIC months between two dates. 2:15:00.000+01:00,
2015-11-10T12:15:00.00
0+01:00) returns 1.

Now Now():DATE Returns current datetime. Now() could have returned

2015-11-10T12:15:00.00
0+01:00.

Today Today():DATE Returns the current date. Today() could have re-
turned 2015-11-10.

Weekday Weekday(datetime):NUME Returns a number (1 to 7) weekday(2016-02-09T12:

RIC representing the day of the 15:00.000+01:00) returns
week. 3.

Year Year(datetime):NUMERIC Returns the year part of a Year(2016-02-09T12:15:

datetime. 00.000+01:00) returns
2016.

YearAdd YearAdd(datetime, Returns the datetime plus YearAdd(2016-02-09T12:

years_to_add):DATE the number of years. 15:00.000+01:00, 1) re-
turns
2017-02-09T12:15:00.00
0+01:00.

YearDiff YearDiff(datetime1, Returns the amount of full YearDiff(2016-02-09T12

datetime2):NUMERIC years between two dates. :15:00.000+01:00,
2017-02-09T12:15:00.00
0+01:00) returns 1.

List Operations

Name Literal Expression Description Example

Append Append(list, element): Adds the element to a copy Append([2.5, 5.8,

LIST of the provided list. Returns 4.3], 6.7) returns [2.5,
the manipulated copy. 5.8, 4.3, 6.7].

AppendAll AppendAll(list1, Adds all elements from the AppendAll([2.5, 5.8,

list2): LIST second provided list to a 4.3], [2.1, 3.5, 7.4])
copy of the first one. Returns returns [2.5, 5.8, 4.3,
the manipulated copy. 2.1, 3.5, 7.4].

AreElementsOf AreElementsOf(list1, Determines whether list2 AreElementsOf(["item2,

list2): BOOLEAN contains all elements of item3"], ["item1",
list1. "item2", "item3"]) re-
turns true.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

128 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Name Literal Expression Description Example

ContainsOnly ContainsOnly(list1, Determines whether list1 ContainsOnly(["item1",

list2): BOOLEAN contains only elements of "item2"], ["item2",
list2. "item3"]) returns false.

Flatten Flatten(list): list Returns a flattened list. Will Flatten([[1, 2], [3,
flatten all nested lists to a 4], [5, 6]]) returns [1,
single list. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6].

NotContainsAny NotContainsAny(list1, Determines whether list1 NotContainsAny(["item1

list2): BOOLEAN contains any element of ", "item2"], ["item2",
list2. "item3"]) returns false.

Remove Remove(list, element): Removes the specified Remove(["item1",

LIST element from the specified "item2"], "item1") re-
list. turns ["item2"].

This expression is available

only in the Literal Expressions
Editor (not in the Decision
Table Editor).

RemoveAll RemoveAll(list1, Removes all elements of Remove(["item1",

list2): LIST list2 from list1. "item2", "item3"],
["item1", "item2"]) re-
This expression is available
turns ["item3"].
only in the Literal Expressions
Editor (not in the Decision
Table Editor).

SortAsc SortAsc(list): list Returns the list sorted in as- SortAsc([3, 1, 2])
cending order. returns [1, 2, 3];
SortAsc(["c", "a",
"b"]) returns ["a", "b",
"c"].

SortDesc SortDesc(list): list Returns the list sorted in de- SortDesc([3, 1, 2])
scending order. returns [3, 2, 1];
SortDesc(["c", "a",
"b"]) returns ["c", "b",
"a"].

Union Union(list1, Merges two or more lists into Union([1,2,3,4],

list2,...): list a single list and removes all [4,5,6]) =
duplicate values. [1,2,3,4,5,6].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 129
Name Literal Expression Description Example

Zip Zip(attributes, Assembles a list of objects Zip(["id", "value"],

values1, ..., out of a list of attributes and [23a3e98, c45da1b],
valuesN): LIST multiple lists of values. [40, 120]) returns [{id:
23a3e98, value: 40},
 Caution { id: c45da1b, value:

Before version 10.11.0 of 120}].

the Decision Manager,

the values were passed
to the function as a list of
lists, for example:

Zip(["id",
"value"],
[[23a3e98,
c45da1b], [40,
120]])

Literal expressions that

used the old Zip func-
tion have been automat-
ically transformed to the
new syntax.

Statistical Operations

Name Literal Expression Description Example

Avg Avg([number1, number2, Returns the average of the Avg([3,5]) returns 4.

number3]):NUMERIC values of the given list.

Max Max([number1, number2, Returns the maximum value Max([5, 4, 10]) returns
number3]):NUMERIC of the given list. 10.

Median Median([number1, Returns the median value of Median([2, 5, 10, 12,

number2, the given list. 34, 35]) returns 11.
number3]):NUMERIC

Min Min([number1, number2, Returns the minimum value Min([5, 4, 10]) returns
number3]):NUMERIC of the given list. 4.

Mode Mode([number1, Returns the most frequently Mode([1, 2, 4, 4, 5,

number2, occurring value of the given 6]) returns 4.
number3]):NUMERIC list. Returns the first (most
left) most frequent value, if
several values occur most
frequently (e.g. two values
appear each two times).

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

130 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Text Handling

Name Literal Expression Description Example

Concat Concat([text1, text2, Returns the concatenation of Concat(["Hello ",

text3]):TEXT the given list of text values. "World", "!"]) returns
"Hello World!".

Contains Contains(text, Determines whether text Contains("Hello

substring): BOOLEAN contains the substring. World!", "o World") re-
turns true.

EndsWith EndsWith(text, Determines whether text endsWith("Hello

suffix): BOOLEAN ends with the suffix. World!", "!") returns
true.

IsAlpha IsAlpha(text):BOOLEAN Determines whether the text IsAlpha("abcdefg5") re-

contains only alphabetic turns false.
characters (A-Z, a-z). Um-
lauts and similar characters
(e.g.Ä, Å ß) must not be in-
cluded.

IsAlphanumeric IsAlphanumeric(text):B Determines whether the text isAlphanumeric("abcdef

OOLEAN contains only alphanumeric g5") returns true.
characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9).
Umlauts and similar charac-
ters (e.g. Ä, Å ß) must not be
included.

IsNumeric IsNumeric(text):BOOLEA Determines whether the text IsNumeric("2.3.5") re-

N is a valid number containing turns false
only plus or minus sign, dig-
its, commas, and decimal
points.

IsSpaces IsSpaces(text):BOOLEAN Determines whether the text IsSpaces(" ") returns

contains only spaces. true.

Left Left(text, Returns the character se- Left("Hello World!",

num_chars):TEXT quence of the length 5) returns "Hello".
num_chars from the start of
a text string.

Len Len(text):NUMERIC Returns the number of char- Len("five") returns 4.

acters in a text string.

Lower Lower(text):TEXT Returns the text string with Lower("UPPER") returns

all letters converted to lower- upper.
case.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 131
Name Literal Expression Description Example

Mid Mid(text, start, Returns the character se- Mid("Hello World!", 6,

num_chars):TEXT quence of the length 5) returns "World".
num_chars from the corre-
sponding starting position of
a text string.

Number Number(text):NUMERIC Returns the numerical value Number("5") returns 5.

represented in the text string.
Only a period (.) is allowed
as a separator.

Number (Default Value) Number(text, Returns the numerical value Number("5,5", 10) re-
default_value):NUMERIC represented in the text string. turns 10 (Number("5.5",
Only a period (.) is al- 10) returns 5.5).
lowed as a separator. Returns
default_value if unable to
convert text into number.

Right Right(text, Returns the character se- Right("Hello World!",

num_chars):TEXT quence of the length 7) returns "World!".
num_chars from the end of
a text string.

StartsWith StartsWith(text, Determines whether text StartsWith("Hello

prefix): BOOLEAN starts with the prefix. World!", "Hello") re-
turns true.

SubstringAfter SubstringAfter(string, Returns the part of the first SubstringAfter("Hello

string): string given string that is located af- World","Hello ") re-
ter the given second string. turns "World".

SubstringBefore SubstringBefore(string Returns the part of the SubstringBefore("Hello

, string): string first given string that is lo- World"," World") =
cated before the given sec- "Hello".
ond string.

Text Text(num, Returns a numeric value as Text(1, "#.000") returns

format_text):TEXT a text string in a specific for- "1.000".
mat. The format is specified
by the placeholders # and 0
and a decimal point..

TextOccurrences TextOccurrences(find_t Returns the number of oc- TextOccurrences("can",

ext, currences of find_text "Can you can a can
within_text):NUMERIC within within_text. as a canner can can a
can?") returns 6.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

132 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Name Literal Expression Description Example

Trim Trim(text):TEXT Returns the text string Trim("Hello World! ")

with all spaces removed ex- returns "Hello World!".
cept single spaces between
words.

Upper Upper(text):TEXT Returns the text string with Upper("lower") returns

all letters converted to up- "LOWER".
percase.

Logical Operators

Name Literal Expression Description Example

Not Not(boolean): BOOLEAN Negates the input boolean. Example: Not(true) returns
false.

8.2.5 Link DMN elements and diagrams

Link a DMN diagram to a BPMN diagram

You can link DMN and BPMN diagrams so that processes can be viewed separately from decisions, with the
advantage that the process is streamlined and the decision is traceable.

Follow these steps:

1. Open your BPMN diagram and select the task to which you want to link the decision diagram.
2. In the attribute panel, set the Task type attribute to Business rule.

3. In the task element, click .

The configuration dialog to create a link opens.
You can also open this dialog via the Decision reference attribute in the attribute panel.
4. You can either create a new DMN diagram or link an existing one.
5. Confirm with Link diagram.

The DMN diagram is linked. To open a preview of it, click in the business rule task again.

Once the BPMN process is published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, users can open the decision
diagram in via the BPMN process. With Run decision, they can then add data to the rules defined in the decision
diagram and determine the result of the decision. For more on simulation, read DMN simulation [page 159].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 133
Link the logic of another decision

Instead of adding decision rules to a decision of a DMN diagram, you can integrate the decision logic from
another DMN diagram.

To link a decision of another DMN diagram, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table and click Link on the left side of the dialog.
The configuration dialog to create a link opens.
2. Navigate to the DMN diagram and select the decision you want to link.
3. Confirm with Link diagram.
The decision of the DMN diagram is linked.

 Caution

In an older version of the decision logic editor, you were able to link a diagram without selecting a decision.
Such a link is incomplete and can't be read out by the simulation and test lab features. If you find such a
link, always edit it so that it links the decision.

Reuse decision logic via business knowledge models

If you want to run a decision multiple times with different data input, you can link it to a business knowledge
model. If you then link the business knowledge model to other decisions, they can reuse the logic of the linked
decision. This is called a boxed invocation.

Boxed invocations provide decision logic and input type information as a generic function, whereas decisions
directly linked to other decisions provide not only the input data types, but the specific input data objects.

In the following example, an insurance premium is calculated based on the applicant's and their spouse's risk
level. For each person, the same decision logic determines a different risk level. A link via a business knowledge
model allows calling the linked decision model with different data inputs. In contrast, a direct link to a decision
diagram will fail to distinguish between the two data sources.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

134 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
To link a decision to a business knowledge model, click in the business knowledge model and select the
decision you want to link from the configuration dialog.

To reuse the logic of the decision linked to the business knowledge model, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table and select the Invocation tab on the left side.
2. Map the linked and the invoked decision's input data.
3. Confirm with Apply.
The boxed invocation is set up.

You can find more information on boxed invocation in the DMN specification at [Link]
spec/DMN/1.1/ .

Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 109]

Set BPMN attributes [page 80]

Compare DMN diagrams and revisions [page 160]

8.2.6 Create dictionary entries for input or output data in

decisions

How to create dictionary entries that modeling users can use as input or output data in decisions of DMN
diagrams.

 Caution

A workspace administrator needs to set up a dictionary category of which the entries can be used for DMN
modeling.

To create a dictionary entry for input or output data in decisions, create an entry in the dictionary as usual.
Read more in section Create new dictionary entries [page 205].

You need to create the entry in a dictionary category that is activated for DMN modeling.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 135
You can tell if a category is activated for DMN modeling when its entries have the following settings:

Setting Description

Technical name If the dictionary entry is used as a data object for input or
output data, you can add a domain-specific export name.

This name is used when exporting a DMN diagram as XML

or Drools rules. Read more in the sections Export a DMN
diagram as XML [page 292] and Exporting DMN diagrams as
drools rules [page 294].

 Note
If the technical name and the class name are set, only
the class name is exported.

Class name If the dictionary entry is used as a data definition, you can
add a java source reference.

This name is used when exporting a DMN diagram as Drools

rules. Read more in section Exporting DMN diagrams as
drools rules [page 294].

 Note
If the technical name and the class name are set, only
the class name is exported.

Type definition You can specify the data type, the following options are avail-
able:

• Not specified – Modeling users specify the data type in

the decision table.
• Simple Type – Select a type:
• Enumeration
• Text
• Number
• Boolean
• Hierarchy
• Date
• Complex Type – Link one or more dictionary entries and
add simple data types.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

136 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 109]

8.2.7 The DMN Test Lab

With the DMN Test Lab, define and run test cases in order to check whether a DMN diagram fulfills certain
requirements.

For example, you can ensure that diagrams still comply with the initial decision logic after being extended, and
you can control the correctness of specific input combinations and outputs in complex diagrams.

To open the test lab, select the diagram you want to test in the Explorer and choose Edit Test DMN
diagram .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 137
Another option is from the Editor page. Choose (User Profile Menu - your initials) from the header area
and select Test Lab.

[Link] Structure of a Test Case File

Learn how the input and output parameters make up the structure of a test case, reference the definitions of
available input and output parameters, and check the different data types of a value.

Test case file structure

{
"inputParameterDefinitions": [
{
"id": "DIAGRAM_ID/SHAPE_ID",
"shapeId": "SHAPE_ID",
"diagramId": "DIAGRAM_ID",
"modelName": "MODEL_NAME",
"requirementName": "INPUT_DATA_NAME"
},
...
],
"outputParameterDefinitions": [
{
"id": "DIAGRAM_ID/SHAPE_ID",
"shapeId": "SHAPE_ID",
"diagramId": "DIAGRAM_ID",
"modelName": "MODEL_NAME",
"requirementName": "TOP_LEVEL_DECISION_NAME"
},
...
],
"testCases": [
{
"inputValues": [
{
"type": "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|
enumeration|hierarchy|list",
"value": "INPUT_VALUE"
},
...
],
"expectedValues": [
{
"type": "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|
enumeration|hierarchy|list",
"value": "OUTPUT_VALUE"
}
]
},
{
<ANOTHER TEST CASE>

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

138 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 },
{
<ANOTHER TEST CASE>
},
...
]
}

 Caution

For convenience, the Test lab export adds name elements, for example name, modelName, and
requirementName, to add context to the exported file. The name elements aren't imported. However,
you must not change any name element, otherwise the import will fail.

Besides these name elements, all elements in the test cases file are required. Otherwise, the import fails.

Definition of input and output parameters

Element Description Type

• inputParameterDefinitions Top level Array of definition ob-

jects for input or out-
• outputParameterDefinitions
put parameters

id Specifies the ID of the String

parameter definition

The ID is composed of
the diagram ID and the
shape ID as follows:
diagramID/shapeID

shapeId Specifies the ID of the String

shape

To find the shape

ID, open the DMN di-
agram in the editor
and expand the attrib-
utes panel. Under More
Attributes, the shape
ID is listed as Element
ID.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 139
Element Description Type

diagramId Specifies the ID of the String

DMN diagram

The diagram ID is part

of the URL when open-
ing the DMN diagram
in the editor, for exam-
ple
id=343056b7ce1947
85b04efab05cfa92a
9 from the URL
https://
<your_workspace>.
[Link]/p/
editor?
id=343056b7ce1947
85b04efab05cfa92a
9.

modelName Specifies the title of String

the diagram as speci-

fied in the editor

This element is ignored

during import.

requirementName For inputParameterDe- String

finitions: Specifies the
shape name of an in-
put data element.

For outputParameter-
Definitions: Specifies
the shape name of the
top-level decision ele-
ment.

This element is ignored

during import.

List of test cases

Element Description Type

testCases Top level Test cases object

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

140 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Element Description Type

inputValues Specifies the input Array of input value

objects, read more in
data
section Objects for in-
inputValues is put and output values.
bound to the input
data via the section
inputParameterDef
initions. The order
defines the binding:
the first element in
inputValues is
passed as value to the
input data correspond-
ing to the first element
in
inputParameterDef
initions.

expectedValues Specifies the expected Array of output value

objects, read more in
output data
section Objects for in-
expectedValues is put and output values.
bound to the decision
output via the section
outputParameterDe
finitions. The order
defines the binding:
the first element in
expectedValues is
passed as value to the
output data corre-
sponding to the first el-
ement in
outputParameterDe
finitions.

Objects for input and output values

Element Description Type Notes

• inputValues Top level Array of input or

output value ob-
• expectedValues
jects

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 141
Element Description Type Notes

type Specifies the data String Valid values:

type of the input or
output value • number
• string
• date
• time
• datetime
• boolean
• complex
• enumeration
• hierarchy
• list

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

142 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Element Description Type Notes

value Specifies the ac- String The data types

tual input or out-
"number", "string",
put value
and "boolean" cor-
respond to stand-
ard JSON data
types.

Values of type
"date" must be
represented as
ISO formatted
strings, for exam-
ple "2015-12-31".

Values of type
"time" must be
represented as ISO
formatted string,
for example
"T23:59:59Z" or
"T23:59:59-02:00"
.

Values of type "da-

tetime" must be
represented as ISO
formatted string,
for example
"2015-12-31T23:59
:00-02:00".

For values of type

"list", read more in
section List value.
Nesting lists is not
supported.

For values of type

"complex", read
more in section
Complex value.

For values of
type "enumera-
tion", read more
in section Enumer-
ation Value.

For values of type

"hierarchy", read

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 143
Element Description Type Notes

more in section Hi-

erarchy Value.

List value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "list",
"value" : [ {
"type" : "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|enumeration|
hierarchy",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE"
}, {
"type" : "number",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE"
}, {
...
} ]
}

Element Description Type

type Specifies the data type String

of a value.

Value must be "list".

value Specifies the list value Array of value objects,

objects read more in section
Objects for input and
output values.

Nesting lists is not supported.

Complex Value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "complex",
"slots" : [ {
"id" : "0",
"value" : {
"type" : "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|enumeration|
hierarchy|list",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE",
}
}, {
"id" : "1",
"value" : {

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

144 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 "type" : "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|enumeration|
hierarchy|list",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE",
}
}, {
...
} ]
}

Element Description Type

type Specifies the type of a String

value

Value must be "com-

plex".

slots Specifies the attrib- Array of attribute ob-

utes of the complex jects
type definition

id Reference to the value String

of the data type defini-

tion

Since attributes can

be renamed and reor-
dered, the name or the
order as shown in the
editor can be mislead-
ing. IDs are assigned
when a new attribute
is created. Renaming
and reordering doesn't
change the attribute's
ID. To determine the
correct ID, export an
example test case for
each value.

value Specifies the actual Value object, read

value for the attribute more in section Ob-
jects for input and out-
put values

Enumeration Value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "enumeration",
"value" : "0"
}

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 145
Element Description Type

type Specifies the data type String

of a value

Value must be "enu-

meration".

value Specifies the ID of the String

value of the data type

definition

Since enumeration val-

ues can be renamed
and reordered, the
name or the order as
shown in the editor
can be misleading. IDs
are assigned when a
new enumeration value
is created. Renaming
and reordering doesn't
change the enumera-
tion value's ID. To de-
termine the correct ID,
export an example test
case for each value.

Hierarchy Value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "hierarchy",
"value" : [ "1", "4" ],
}

Element Description Type

type Specifies the data type of a value String

Value must be "hierarchy".

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

146 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 Element Description Type

value Specifies a list of IDs according to the Array of positional IDs

data type definition, constructing the

path from the root of the hierarchy to
the referenced element

Since hierarchy values can be renamed

and reordered, the name or the order as
shown in the editor can be misleading.
IDs are assigned when a new hierar-
chy value is created. Renaming and re-
ordering doesn't change the hierarchy
value's ID. To determine the correct ID,
export an example test case for each
value.

[Link] Creating Test Cases

Learn how to create new test cases and use existing ones as templates for creating additional cases.

Procedure

1. From the DMN Test Lab, choose Create from the action toolbar at the top of the table.
2. Define the values for Inputs and Outputs.

 Note

In the Create details window, input fields selected here are highlighted in the model diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 147
  Example

3. Confirm by choosing Create.

Duplicating Test Cases

Prerequisites

You have an existing case in the DMN Test Lab table that you would like to use as a template.

Procedure

1. From the test case table, choose a test case you would like to duplicate, and navigate to the end of its row.

2. Select the Edit option's (down arrow) to reveal additional actions, and select Duplicate.

 Example

3. Adjust the values for Inputs and Outputs as needed.

4. Confirm by choosing Create.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

148 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
[Link] Inspecting Test Cases in the Simulation Tool

Learn how to use a simulation to analyze how a test case produces a specific output.

Context

In the DMN simulation tool, you can simulate business decisions by applying data to the rules that are defined
in a decision diagram. For more information, see DMN Simulation [page 159].

Procedure

1. Open a DMN diagram in the test lab, as described in The DMN Test Lab [page 137].
2. From the test case table, choose a test case you would like to analyze and navigate to Edit at the end of its
row.

3. Select the Edit option's (down arrow) to reveal additional actions, and select Inspect in Simulation.

The simulation window opens, displaying inputs, outputs, and boolean rules for the test case.

 Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 149
[Link] Importing and Exporting Test Cases as JSON Files

Learn how to import and export JSON files from the Test Lab.

Prerequisites

You created a DMN diagram.

Context

To keep test cases when exchanging diagrams between SAP Signavio workspaces or using the test cases in
other tools, you can import and export the test cases as JSON files. To import test cases, follow these steps:

Procedure

1. From the explorer's side panel, select a DMN process.

2. Choose Edit Test DMN diagram from the explorer menu.

The Test Lab screen opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

150 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 3. Choose Import.

The Import test cases window opens.

4. Drag and drop a JSON file into the import field. Alternatively, choose click to browse and select a JSON file
from your folders.
5. Choose Import to confirm.

The test cases are imported and added to the test cases you have already created.

Exporting Test Cases as JSON Files

Prerequisites

You created a DMN diagram and test cases.

Context

 Caution

You must first save test cases to be able to export them.

Procedure

1. From the explorer's side panel, select a DMN process.

2. Choose Edit Test DMN diagram from the explorer menu.

The Test Lab screen opens.

3. Choose Export test cases.

The JSON file is saved to your browser's dowload folder. By default, the file is named after the diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 151
[Link] Importing Test Cases as CSV Files

Learn how to import test cases by uploading an Excel-based CSV file that contains semicolon-separated values.

Prerequisites

You created a DMN diagram.

You created a CSV file:

• Using semicolon-separated values.

• According to the following guidelines and allowed values:

Guideline Example

Lists start and end with square brackets, separated by com- A list of numbers: [1,2,4,5,11]
mas

The value null must be uppercase NULL

Complex type's column name is separated with a period [.] Given that complex type name is "Person": [Link]

Header names are case sensitive testInput ≠ TestInput

Type names are not case sensitive DateTime = datetime

Type Allowed Value (example)

Date Format: YYYY-MM-DD (2024-12-22)

DateTime Format: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:SS (2024-12-07T16:30:20)

Time Numerical value immediately preceeded by letter T with no

space inbetween (T16:30:20)

Hierarchy Separated by > with order from the top to the bottom
(Where A is the root element: A>B>C)

Boolean True or False only

Context

 Note

Here are key import conditions:

• Input and output names are unique across the test case and cannot be repeated.
• If the CSV file's column names (output and inputs) are recognized, they are imported.
• If the CSV file's data types are identical to their original definitions, they are imported.
• Missing CSV columns are assumed as null values in the test case.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

152 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Procedure

1. From the explorer's side panel, select a DMN process.

2. Choose Edit Test DMN diagram from the explorer menu.

The Test Lab screen opens.

3. Choose Import.

The Import test cases window opens.

4. Drag and drop a CSV file into the import field. Alternatively, choose click to browse and select a CSV file
from your folders.
5. Choose Import to confirm.

The test cases are imported and added to the test cases you have already created.

 Note

There is no export option for test cases as CSV files.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 153
[Link] Importing Test Cases from Third-Party Tools

Learn how to import test cases created in other software tools.

Context

To import test cases created in third-party tools, you must convert the test cases into a format supported by
the Test Lab. We recommend creating a template JSON file for test cases and adding the existing test cases to
it.

Procedure

1. Open the Test Lab and create a test case, as described in Creating Test Cases [page 147].
2. To get a format template for a test case, enter one example for inputs and expected outputs.
3. To get the IDs of the values, enter examples for enumerations and attributes of complex data types.
4. To export the template file, choose Export Test Cases.

The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

5. Open the template file in any editor and add your test cases to the testCases section, as described in
Structure of a Test Case File [page 138].

 Caution

Before you start customizing the template file, we recommend creating a copy as backup.

6. Save your changes in the file and return to the Test Lab.
7. To import the file with your test cases, choose Import.
8. Select the file to import and confirm.

Your test cases are imported and added to the test cases you have already created.

Related Information

The DMN Test Lab [page 137]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

154 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
[Link] Editing Test Cases
Learn how to edit a single test case and how to make uniform changes to multiple test cases at once.

Procedure

1. From the test case table, choose a test case you would like to edit and navigate to the end of its row.
2. Choose Edit.

The inputs and outputs details window opens.

3. Adjust the values for Inputs and Outputs as needed.
4. Confirm by choosing Update.

Editing Test Cases - Alternative Process

Context

There is an another method to navigate to edit an existing test case.

Procedure

1. From the test case table, fill the check box at a test case row so that the row is highlighted.
2. Choose Edit from the table header area.

 Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 155
 The inputs and outputs details window opens.
3. Adjust the values for Inputs and Outputs as needed.
4. Confirm by choosing Update.

Editing Multiple Test Cases

Prerequisites

You have more than one case in the DMN Test Lab table.

Procedure

1. From the test case table, fill the check box at each row of the test cases you would like to edit.
2. Choose Edit from the table header area.

The inputs and outputs details window opens. No specific values are displayed, but the option to Keep
Values for a field, which can vary among the multiple cases selected.

 Example

3. Adjust the values for Inputs and Outputs as needed.

 Note

When you enter values for a specific field, the change applies to all selected cases.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

156 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 4. Confirm by choosing Update.

[Link] Filtering Test Cases

Learn how to apply filters to view specific test cases in a table. Discover how to sort cases using filtering
options in columns.

Context

By default, the table header's filter view field shows All Test Cases, indicating both passed and failed test cases.
This field also displays the number of cases for each filter option.

Procedure

1. From the test case table's header, select the All Test Cases option's (down arrow) to reveal filtered
view options.

 Example

2. Filter results by choosing either Passed Test Cases or Failed Test Cases.

The test case table refreshes, displaying only the filtered cases.

Filtering and Sorting by Column Values

Procedure

1. In the test case table, select a column header to display its filter and sort options.
2. Choose one of the following options:

• Sort Ascending
• Sort Descending

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 157
 • Filter

 Note

If you choose Filter, enter a value in the blank field provided.

 Example

The test case table refreshes, displaying the results of the filter or sort action.

[Link] Deleting Test Cases

Learn how to delete a single test case and how to delete multiple test cases at once.

Procedure

1. From the test case table, choose a test case you would like to delete and navigate to the end of its row.

2. Select the Edit option's (down arrow) to reveal additional actions, and select Delete.

 Example

The confirmation window opens.

3. Confirm by choosing Delete.

Deleting Test Cases - Alternative Process

Context

There is an another method to navigate to delete an existing test case.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

158 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Procedure

1. From the test case table, fill the check box at a test case row so that the row is highlighted.
2. Choose Delete from the table header area.

The confirmation window opens.

3. Confirm by choosing Delete.

Deleting Multiple Test Cases

Procedure

1. From the test case table, fill the check box at each row of the test cases you would like to delete.
2. Choose Delete from the table header area.

The confirmation window opens.

3. Confirm by choosing Delete.

8.2.8 DMN Simulation

The decision management extension allows you to model, manage and better understand complex business
decisions. In the DMN simulation tool, you can simulate business decisions by applying data to the rules
that are defined in a decision diagram. The simulation tool helps you to understand dependencies between
sub-decisions and to identify scenarios for which no rules have been established.

 Note

To design a DMN model, you need an SAP Signavio Process Modeler license. However, you can run
an existing DMN model with either an SAP Signavio Process Modeler or an SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub license.

To open the DMN simulation tool, select the diagram in the explorer and choose Edit - Simulate DMN diagram.

Alternatively, you can open the diagram in the editor and use the drop-down menu deom the User Profile Menu
to switch from the Graphical Editor to the Simulation tool.

Now, you can start using the simulation tool.

Select a decision in the diagram, either by selecting it or by using the dropdown menu in the top right corner.
Then, scroll to the Inputs section and fill in the data of your simulation scenario. The Outputs section shows
the decision output as computed by the simulation tool. The Wildcard mode toggle affects the evaluation
semantics. Wildcard mode turned on means that empty input values are replaced with wildcards, which will,
for example, match all conditions in decision tables. When turned off, empty input values will remain undefined
during evaluation.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 159
  Note

If the Wildcard mode is activated and one or multiple input parameters are not defined, the simulation
tool will determine the set of possible output values. This is helpful, for example, if in specific application
scenarios some input values remain unknown.

The progress bars in the decision elements indicates the extent to which data inputs are defined so far.
When scrolling down, you can see a decision table overview that highlights the rules that apply in the current
scenario:

The rules that apply to the provided input data are highlighted in green.

8.2.9 Comparing DMN diagrams and revisions

The SAP Signavio diagram comparison tool allows you to easily compare two diagrams, as well as different
revisions of one diagram. In the revision comparison, details about all changes in a diagram over time are
documented.

To open the comparison tool, select a diagram (or, in case you want to compare two different diagrams and
not revisions: two diagrams) and click Edit, then Compare revisions/diagrams in the top drop-down menu of the
explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

160 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
The diagram comparison view opens. The drop-down menu allows you to switch between diagram revisions:

To load a different diagram for comparison, click Choose revisions/diagrams in the upper right corner of the
tool and select both diagrams to be compared in the dialog.

Clicking the pen icon of a changed element gives you detailed information about the adjusted element
properties.

To narrow down the changes, you can deactivate one or multiple check boxes in the panel below the canvas and
exclude changes made to attributes or to specific element types:

To learn more about the basic usage of the diagram and revision comparison tool, read the section Comparison
view [page 63]. The following section explains how to extract DMN-specific information from the comparison
tool.

Comparing Data Inputs

To view the changes made to a Data Input element, select the element to see the exact changes.

Comparing Decision Tables

To view the changes made to a Decision Table, select the element to access an overview of the changes.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 161
Then, click the compare link to compare the tables:

In the tables, all changes are highlighted.

8.3 Value Chains

Learn how to create and edit value chains.

With value chains, you can create high-level perspectives on your process landscape.

Each modeling element in a value chain represents a process or process group of a specific business unit. You
can link the elements in chronological order and show the hierarchical relationships between processes and
process groups.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

162 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
For value chains, no official specification or set of syntax rules exist. To keep value chains simple and easy to
read, you can link the elements of a value chain to other process models.

In this section, the diagram elements and editing functions that are only available for this notation are
described.

For general creation and editing options that are available for all notations, read more in section Modeling [page
29].

Process

The process element represents a business process within your organization.

Collapsed Process

The collapsed process element represents a business process that is linked to another process diagram.

You can create links to the following diagram types:

• value chain diagrams

• BPMN diagrams
• event-driven process chains

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 163
• customer journey maps

To link the collapsed process element with a new or existing process, click the + symbol in the element.

Group

Use this element to group processes that belong together.

Process Link

Use this element to create a hierarchy of process elements and process group elements.

Text Note

Use the text note to add information to the diagram or a diagram element.

Association

Use the association to connect a text note to any diagram element.

Change Element Orientation

To change the orientation of a process element or collapsed process element, select it and choose
(orientation) at the bottom. You have the following options:

• Left to right
• Right to left
• Top down
• Bottom up
• Rectangle

Rotate Text

To rotate text in a diagram element, select the element and in the attribute panel, choose a rotation value for
the Text direction attribute.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

164 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Add Live Insights

You can add Live Insights shapes to display the result of a SAP Signavio Process Intelligence investigation in a
value chain. Read more in section Add Live Insights [page 57].

8.4 Case Management Model and Notation (CMMN)

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

 Note

The feature is only available on request.

Contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me. For more information, see Reporting an
Issue in the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

CMMN is a notation that was created to allow more flexibility in the business process landscape. SAP Signavio
Process Modeler supports CMMN version 1.1.

About CMMN

In a business process that has variation, it may be more efficient for a case worker to determine the sequence
in which to perform a set of tasks. For example, a hotel guest may always go through the same process when
checking in and checking out, while the regularly tasks to clean the room may vary from day to day.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 165
 A CMMN model for maintaining a hotel room

In general, many BPM scenarios include actions that may diverge from the common sequence flow, within
a framework of set tasks. CMMN supports the flexibility of these workflows. The notation is designed for
scenarios when a case worker can decide in what order tasks or sequence flows shall be performed. A CMMN
sequence flow may be triggered by an event (event listener), a state (milestone) or with an action (task).

CMMN in SAP Signavio Process Modeler

In SAP Signavio Process Modeler , you can model the standard framework of the corresponding process in a
BPMN diagram and then link a BPMN sub-process to a CMMN diagram that defines flexible sequences. You can
also change a task in a BPMN diagram to a sub-process that links to a CMMN model, to define a number of
flexible actions more accurately.

You can seamlessly integrate CMMN into BPMN and DMN-diagrams, to complement your existing process
landscape. CMMN allows you to more accurately model highly variable processes, such as working with patient
files or managing customer support processes.

8.4.1 Creating and Editing CMMN Diagrams

You can create CMMN diagrams in the explorer like any other diagram and edit them in the editor. This chapter
explains the CMMN Elements and their alignment options on the modeling canvas. See Basic modeling with
the Editor [page 29] to learn about modeling diagrams with the editor.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

166 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Creating a CMMN Diagram

To create a new CMMN diagram in the explorer, choose New Case Management Diagram (CMMN 1.1) .
The editor opens with a blank modeling canvas, ready for you to edit the diagram.

Starting with a blank canvas in the editor, you can add elements from the Shape Repository.

Case Plan Items

You can use the following elements from the shape repository to model your CMMN diagram.

Case Plan Model

The case plan model contains the case model. The case plan model encloses the whole diagram. You can place
the element first and resize it with the growing diagram by dragging its lower right corner, or you can model
the case and place the case file element when you have finished adding and connecting the other diagram
elements.

To label the file, enter a name into the ‘naming slip’ at the top left of the element. You can also attach an exit
criterion to the case plan model to indicate that the incoming sequence flow ends and completes the case.

A CMMN diagram, enclosed in a ‘case plan model’

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 167
Task

Tasks are the central elements in CMMN and BPMN notations. A task models a single action that needs to be
performed. In addition to the ordinary task, there are five different types of task elements in CMMN:

1. Non-blocking human task

2. Blocking human task
3. Process task
4. Decision task
5. Case task

The model can depict each task as an ordinary task element or as a discretionary task, which is not obligatory
and may be performed at the case worker’s discretion.

• A non-blocking human task does not stop the sequence flow. In the case model, the task does not take
any time to perform. The task is complete at the same moment it starts, and the sequence flow continues
unstopped. All other tasks are ‘blocking’ by default.

A ‘non-blocking human task’

• A blocking human task stops the sequence flow until it is completed.

A ‘blocking human task’

• A process task links to a BPMN diagram. To link a diagram, click the symbol in the upper left corner of the
element. To learn more, see Integrating CMMN diagrams [page 175] .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

168 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 A ‘process task’
• A decision task links to a DMN diagram. To link a diagram, click the symbol in the upper left corner of the
element. To learn more, see Integrating CMMN diagrams [page 175].

A ‘decision task’
• A case task links to another CMMN diagram. To link a diagram, click the symbol in the upper left corner of
the element. To learn more, see Integrating CMMN diagrams [page 175].

A ‘case task’

Discretionary Task

Every task type mentioned above also exists as discretionary task in the CMMN 1.1 definition. This means that
the case worker may decide whether to perform the task for that case.

You can create a discretionary task by creating an ordinary task of the necessary type, for example a non-
blocking human task and defining it as discretionary. Select the corresponding task and open the Attributes
panel on the right. Click the Discretionary attribute and activate the checkbox.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 169
 When checking the box, the ordinary task transforms into a discretionary task.

Stage

Stages divide cases into subdivisions. You can group sequence flows, tasks and/or (sub-)stages into a stage.

• You can also define a stage as a discretionary stage. Select the corresponding stage and open the
Attributes panel on the right. Click the discretionary attribute and activate the checkbox.
• An expanded stage can contain sequence flows of tasks and/or (sub-)stages. You can change a stage’s size
by dragging its bottom-right corner.
• A collapsed stage is linked to another CMMN diagram. In contrast to tasks, collapsed stages’ linked
diagrams may also just contain single sequence flows that do not define a whole case.

An expanded stage.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

170 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 A collapsed stage is linked to the ‘Procure parts’ BPMN diagram.

Milestone

Milestones are sub-goals within the process model. They indicate that a certain point or stage within a case has
been reached or completed.

A milestone element

Sentries

You can attach the diamond shaped entry criterion and exit criterion symbol (called ‘sentries’) to any task,
milestone, stage or case file. There, they define dependencies or the direction of the sequence flow. Sentries do
not need to be attached to other elements - they may also stand alone within a sequence flow.

• The entry criterion indicates that the incoming sequence flow(s) directly attached to the sentry is/are
necessary to be finished before the sequence flow can continue.
• The exit criterion indicates when a plan item is complete and in what direction(s) the sequence can
continue. A sequence can continue when the following action is available or a data object has been created.
an exit criterion attached to a case plan model indicates that the arriving sequence flow closes the case.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 171
In this example, the claim analysis starts when a claim with more than €100,000 has arrived and the claim
information document is available. The check finishes when a claims evaluation report has been created:

The entry and exit criteria mark the beginning and the end of this stage

You can attach several sentries of one type to an element. Each sentry defines its own entry or exit criteria for
its element. Two or more sentries of one type attached to one element define a logical ‘or’ relationship, while
several sequence flows attached to one sentry form a logical ‘and’ relationship.

If all workflows of one entry criterion have arrived at the element, the corresponding task can be performed. If
several criteria have to be met, more than one sequence flow can be attached to one sentry element. Similarly,
you can attach several exit criteria to an element. All sequence flows that exit one sentry will be executed,
unless a discretionary task follows.

Event Listeners

A listener waits for something to happen, usually to then trigger a new sequence flow.

• A event listener waits for an event to occur.

• A timer event listener waits for a certain amount of time to pass, or until a defined time.
• A user event listener waits for user input, such as a completed form in a web user interface.

The event listener, timer event listener and user event listener elements (left to right)

Case file item

A case file item represents a data file or document that contains information that is relevant to the case, such
a patient file. Use a connector to attach a case file item to another element, to show that the other element’s

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

172 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
execution uses its data. It can also function as a trigger or a result and thus can stand at the beginning or at the
end of a sequence.

A case file item related to a task

Other Elements

Connectors

A connectors between CMMN elements defines a relation. An entry criterion or exit criterion defines the
sequence flow direction or association.

• A simple connector links different (non-discretionary) elements togther.

• A discretionary association links a discretionary task to another CMMN element.
• An annotation association links a text annotation to another CMMN element.

A connector, a discretionary association and an annotation association (top to bottom)

Plan Fragment

A plan fragment contains a group of elements that exist outside the cases’ runtime. Plan fragments are
discretionary, as indicated by the dotted lines. Also, elements contained inside the plan fragment may contain
sentries or be part of a sequence flow, but a sentry or sequence flow may not be attached to a plan fragment. A
plan fragment essentially contains everything that has no other place but needs to be in the case model.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 173
 A plan fragment containing three tasks

Planning Table

A planning table signifies that discretionary tasks are present. A collapsed planning table indicates that
discretionary tasks are not displayed, whereas an expanded planning table indicates they are shown.

A (collapsed) planning table (default) signifies that collapsed (or hidden) discretionary tasks are present in the
diagram. The hidden tasks are not modeled in SAP Signavio Process Modeler . Instead, the modeler attaches
the planning table to a stage, human task (only) or case plan model to signify that (hidden) discretionary tasks
are available.

To hint that modeled, visible discretionary tasks are available in the corresponding stage or plan fragment,
add an expanded planning table to the element by unchecking the box defining the collapsed attribute in the
attribute panel.

A (collapsed) planning table attached to a stage

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

174 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Text Annotation

A text annotation contains additional textual information about the diagram, an element or a group of
elements.

CMMN Attributes

The following attributes can be set in the attribute panel by checking or unchecking the value of the
corresponding element. When the value is enabled, an icon will appear on the corresponding element or the
elements appearance will change, as depicted below.

• The discretionary attribute can be set for all kinds of tasks and stages. If the attribute is activated, the
task/stage may be performed if the case worker decides it is necessary. Plan fragments are by default
discretionary, this cannot be changed as it is a pre-defined condition in CMMN.
• The autocomplete attribute can be set for stages and case plan models.
• The manual activation attribute can be set for all kinds of stages and tasks. If the attribute is activated, the
corresponding element has to be triggered manually.
• The repetition attribute can be set for milestones, stages and tasks. If the attribute is activated, the case
worker will evaluate if the task needs to be repeated every time it is finished. If the result is ‘yes’, the task
will be repeated.
• The required attribute can be set for milestones, stages and tasks. If the attribute is activated, the
corresponding action needs to be completed for the sequence flow to continue or the containing element
to be completed.

Unactivated and activated attributes in SAP Signavio Process Modeler (left to right): discretionary, manual activation,
repetition, required, autocomplete

8.4.2 Integrating CMMN Diagrams

You can seamlessly integrate CMMN diagrams with DMN and BPMN diagrams in your process landscape. You
can, for example, embed a CMMN model in a BPMN process by use of the BPMN sub-process as depicted
below. This allows you to model the static part of a process in BPMN and only depict the flexible part in a
CMMN model.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 175
Linking to a Diagram in a CMMN Model

To add a diagram link to a CMMN model, first add the corresponding CMMN element:

• Process Task - to link to a BPMN diagram

• Decision Task - to link to a DMN diagram
• Case Task - to link to a CMMN diagram

Click the symbol in the top left corner of the diagram element and select a diagram of the corresponding type
in the dialog that appears or choose to create a new one. Click Link diagram to confirm.

If you chose to create a new diagram, the editor opens in a new tab, ready for you to edit the new diagram. After
modeling the new diagram, save both the new one and the CMMN model the new diagram is now linked to.

Linking to a CMMN Model in a BPMN Model

To add to CMMN model link to a BPMN diagram, add a collapsed subprocess and click the + -symbol at the
bottom of the element. In the dialog that opens, choose a CMMN model or create a new one by choosing Case
Management Diagram (CMMN 1.0) at the top under Create new diagram. Click Link diagram to confirm.

If you chose to create a new diagram, the editor opens in a new tab, ready for you to edit the new diagram. After
modeling the new diagram, save both the new one and the CMMN model the new diagram is now linked to.

Linking a new CMMN diagram to a BPMN Subprocess

You can also link CMMN diagrams in value chains the same way to create complete process levels that also
show in classic SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. For more information on diagram hierarchy levels in
your process landscape, see Creating process hierarchies [page 54].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

176 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
8.5 Navigation Maps

Use Navigation Maps to provide all users with an overarching linked view of all your processes.

With Navigation Maps, you create graphical process views. Similar to value chains, you create high-level
perspectives on your process landscape. Navigation Maps are more flexible than value chains or other
modeling languages and don't follow a strict standard. You can upload custom images to use as modeling
elements.

All elements except Live Insights can link to diagrams, folders, or URLs.

The most common use case is creating a navigation map that matches your corporate identity as an entry
diagram for SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

8.5.1 Manage Navigation Maps

Use Navigation Maps to provide all users with an overarching linked view of all your processes.

Create a New Navigation Map

You can create a new navigation map in different locations:

• In the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Modeler , choose New and select Navigation map from the
drop-down list. The editor opens with a blank canvas.
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose Create and select Navigation map. The editor opens
with a blank canvas.

Publish Navigation Maps

To make content available for all users in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, it needs to be published.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 177
You can publish Navigation Maps in different locations:

• In the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Modeler . See section Publishing diagrams in SAP Signavio
Process Collaboration Hub [page 235].
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. See section Publish and unpublish diagrams.

Related Information

Open and Save Diagrams [page 36]

Navigation Map Elements [page 178]
Manage Folders and Diagrams

8.5.2 Navigation Map Elements

Use Navigation Maps to provide all users with an overarching linked view of all your processes.

This section describes the navigation map elements and their options. All elements except Live Insights can link
to diagrams, folders, or URLs.

Text

Follow these steps:

1. Drag a text frame onto the canvas.

2. Double-select the frame to add or edit the text.
3. In the Attributes panel, you can add an outgoing link to the text element, see section Add links to elements
[page 180].
4. To format the complete text, use the toolbar.

Bold

Italic

Change font color

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

178 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Shapes

You can add the following shapes:

• Triangle
• Rectangle
• Ellipse
• Arrow
• Line

Some formatting is possible from the toolbar, for details see section Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts
[page 37].

Additional formatting options are available in the Attributes panel, for example border style.

For details how to move and change a shape, see section Move and change elements [page 45].

In the Attributes panel, you can add an outgoing link to a shape, see section Add links to elements [page 180].

Live Insights

With the Live Insights shapes, you can add insights and KPIs you want to monitor to BPMN diagrams, value
chains, and navigation maps.

For that, you add a Live Insights shape to your diagram and link it with a widget from SAP Signavio Process
Intelligence. Users can then view the Live Insights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

In SAP Signavio Process Intelligence, thresholds need to be defined for the widgets that are linked to Live
Insights shapes. In SAP Signavio Process Manager and SAP Signavio Process Modeler, the color of the shape
indicates how the current result of the widget relates to the defined thresholds. The following example shows
how the sentiment shape reflects the current widget result:

The color of a shape is only visible in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. In SAP Signavio Process
Manager and SAP Signavio Process Modeler, the shapes stay grey.

Read more about Live Insights in section Add Live Insights [page 57].

Images

You can upload custom images to use in navigation maps. All images available for navigation maps are in the
Image Management.

Images for upload need to be in the SVG format. To prevent possible security problems, each SVG file you want
to upload is checked. Read more about the validation criteria in section Validation criteria [page 66].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 179
Images uploaded with the image manager while creating navigation maps have a size limit of 50 kB for each
image file.

Upload images

 Note

• Only images available in the Image Management can be added to navigation maps.
• Images that have been uploaded can only be deleted by your workspace administrator.

Follow these steps:

1. Choose Add image.

2. Select one or more images to upload.
3. Review your upload in the dialog.
4. Choose Confirm.
The images are available for adding to the Navigation Map.

Add an Image to the Navigation Map

Follow these steps:

1. If necessary, search for the image.

2. Drag the image onto the canvas.
3. To change the size of the image, click the bottom right corner or top left corner and drag the corner.
Images are always scaled in proportion.
4. In the Attributes panel, you can add an outgoing link to an image, see section Add links to elements [page
180].

Add Links to Elements

You can add links to all elements in a navigation map except Live Insights. You can link to another diagram or
folder in your workspace, or you can link to a URL.

You add the link in the Attributes panel.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the Attributes panel.

2. In the Link row, click the right column and then click (more options). The dialog for adding a link opens.
3. Select one of the options:
• Create a new diagram: Select the type of diagram. The editor opens with a blank canvas.
• Use existing diagram or directory: Select a diagram or a folder to link in the folder structure.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

180 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
 • Use web link: Paste the URL to the input field.
4. Save with Link.

 Example

Example for linking an existing diagram:

In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, elements with a link show a movement effect when users hover
over them.

 Example

This example shows the effect:

Only the lower image has a link.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 181
 SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide
182 PUBLIC Modeling Notations
Use the Dictionary

For navigation maps, you can link dictionary entries from all categories to the following modeling elements:

• Text
• Shapes
• Images

Related Information

Editor Toolbar and Keyboard Shortcuts [page 37]

Move and Change Elements [page 45]
Format Diagrams [page 51]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling Notations PUBLIC 183
9 Modeling with QuickModel

 Note

This section describes all options for this function. Which options are available depends on your license and
the settings made by your workspace administrator.

QuickModel makes capturing BPMN processes very fast. With QuickModel, you enter information about a
process into a table. A process diagram is dynamically generated from this table.

QuickModel is only available for BPMN processes.

Use QuickModel in the following cases:

• to create BPMN diagrams even if you are unfamiliar with the modeling conventions
• to speed up diagram creation for complex processes by modeling the main path first
• to see at a glance if information is missing in an existing BPMN diagram and to add it with low effort

With QuickModel you can do the following:

• model one sequence of tasks including the start and end events
• specify the organizational unit for the pool and assign participants to tasks in lanes
• specify main attributes for tasks, for example IT systems and data artifacts, as well as custom attribute

 Restriction

When creating or maintaining diagrams with QuickModel, elements and dictionary entries are available in
the main workspace language only. Multi-language support is available in the graphical editor.

Additional BPMN elements, such as decisions and parallel sequences, can be added later in the graphical
editor.

9.1 QuickModel Editor Overview

In the QuickModel editor, you create BPMN 2.0 diagrams by entering process information into a form and a
table.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

184 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
 1 Toolbar The toolbar provides the following func-
tions:

• Save: Save the diagram

• Undo: Remove last actions
• Redo: Redo undone actions

2 Process details The main attributes of the diagram are

displayed.

To display also the custom attributes,

click Show more process attributes.

3 Activities Tasks and some of their main attributes

are displayed as columns.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 185
4 Diagram preview A dynamic preview of the diagram
is generated and updates with each
change.

To pin the preview area to the bottom of

the browser window, select  (pin).

You can change the diagram resolution

with  (zoom in) and  (zoom out).

Use the  (mini map) to navigate in

bigger diagrams.

Show or Hide Task Attributes

To customize the activities list, click and select the columns you want to display. To set the selection as
your default, use Save as default.

Main Attributes for Tasks

What? Name of the task

Who? Participant or role assigned to the task

For each role, a lane is created in the diagram.

How? Description of the task

IT Systems IT system used when executing the task

Input documents Required data artifact

Output documents Created or modified data artifact

Execution costs Costs required to execute the task

Costs Center Department to which the task costs are allocated

Execution Time Time required to execute the task

9.2 Create a Diagram with QuickModel

1. To create a diagram with QuickModel, you have the following options:

• In the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Modeler , choose New QuickModel .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

186 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
 • In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose Create QuickModel .
The QuickModel editor opens in a new tab.
2. Specify a name for the diagram and its main attributes:
• Organization: Name used for the pool
• Start: Start event of the process
• End: End event of the process
• Documentation: Description of the diagram
3. With Show more process attributes, you can also specify the diagram's custom attributes.

 Note

QuickModel does not support custom attributes of type table:

• When you select Show more process attributes on diagram level, table custom attributes are not
listed.
• When you choose Configure your table for your activity table, table custom attributes cannot be
added as a column.

4. Under Activities, add the tasks of your process and specify their attributes, read more in section Add tasks
and specify attributes [page 188].
The diagram preview updates dynamically.
5. Confirm with Save.
The diagram is saved.
You can close the diagram or open it in the editor. To open it, open the user menu and choose Graphical
Editor.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 187
Adding Tasks and Specify Attributes

 Note

The order of the tasks in the table corresponds to the order of the tasks in the diagram.

Follow these steps:

1. Double-select a cell in the What? column and type the task name.
Read more on the meaning of the columns in section Overview over main attributes for tasks [page 184].
2. Continue with one of the following options:
• To add another task, choose Enter.
• To specify an attribute of your first task, press the tab key.

You can customize the columns in the activities list, read more in section Show or hide task attributes [page
184].

Link Dictionary Entries

While you type the name of tasks and attributes, dictionary entries can be suggested. To link a dictionary entry
to the task or attribute, select the entry and press Enter.

Linked dictionary entries are indicated with (dictionary).

When a task is linked to a dictionary entry, you can rename the task. This has no effect to the dictionary entry.
Renaming doesn't work for attributes.

For more information about creating dictionary entries, see Working with the Dictionary.

Reorder the Tasks

You can't change the order of tasks in the activities list. You can only add a task between two existing ones. To
do so, select the lower task and choose Add activity above.

Remove a Task

To remove a task, select it in the activities list and choose Remove activity.

Related Information

Add and Connect Elements [page 40]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

188 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
Model a BPMN Diagram [page 73]
Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 235]
Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer [page 234]

9.3 Edit a Diagram with QuickModel

You can edit BPMN diagrams in the QuickModel editor even if they weren't created with QuickModel.

The tabular activities view provides an overview of the tasks and attributes. This way, you can quickly check
diagrams for completeness and add missing tasks and attributes.

 Note

Some diagrams contain non-linear processes, for example decisions or parallel workflows with gateways,
or multilevel roles. You can open these diagrams in QuickModel to edit and complete, but it is not possible
to edit them structurally, for example to add or remove tasks or roles. The related buttons are inactive.
Columns that are not editable are marked with a star symbol.

Editing Options

You can add, rename, and remove the following elements in the QuickModel editor:

• diagram attributes
• tasks and collapsed subprocesses
• roles
• task attributes

To add a task, click the plus sign in the first column, double-click the first cell in the new row, and specify the
name.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 189
To edit any element, double-click the cell and apply your change. Confirm with Enter or the tab key.

You can't change the order of tasks in the activities list. You can only add a task between two existing ones. To
do so, select the lower task and choose Add activity above.

To remove a name for a task or an attribute, select the cell and press the Del key.

To remove a task with its attributes, click Remove activity.

Collapsed Suprocesses

Existing collapsed subprocesses are displayed and can be edited like tasks.

Editing Limits for Non-Linear Diagrams

In the QuickModel editor, editing of diagrams with decisions and multiple task flows is limited as follows:

• Roles can't be edited. The Who? column is then marked with an asterisk.
• You can only rename tasks, you can't add or remove tasks.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

190 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
Open a Diagram in the QuickModel Editor

To open a diagram in the QuickModel editor, you have the following options:

• Select the diagram in the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Modeler > and click Edit > Edit QuickModel.

• Go to the diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and click > Edit with QuickModel. Read
more in section Actions.

Toggle between Graphical and QuickModel Editor

To switch from the graphical editor to the QuickModel editor and back, use the options QuickModel and
Graphical editor in the user menu.

Read more on the graphical editor in section Editor overview [page 34].

Link Dictionary Entries

While you type the name of tasks and attributes, dictionary entries can be suggested. To link a dictionary entry
to the task or attribute, select the entry and press Enter.

Linked dictionary entries are indicated with (dictionary).

When a task is linked to a dictionary entry, you can rename the task. This has no effect to the dictionary entry.
Renaming doesn't work for attributes.

For more information about creating dictionary entries, see Working with the Dictionary.

Related Information

Add and Connect Elements [page 40]

Model a BPMN Diagram [page 73]
Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 235]
Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer [page 234]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 191
10 Variant Management

When organizations start a process initiative, their target audiences have different perspectives, even though
it's one initiative with the same goal. Those perspectives could depend on the location, role, department,
regulations, and more.

Employee onboarding in Germany, for example, is a little different than in the US. HR personnel, IT staff, the
hiring manager, and a new hire could all be involved in this process, and each of them will have a different focus,
different needs, and different expectations. Additionally, everyone involved cares about the current state of the
process, though not all are as invested in its future development.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, process variants represent these different perspectives on a main process.
For each variant, you define characteristics that differentiate it from its process template and from other
variants. These characteristics are implemented as dimensions (dictionary categories) and values (dictionary
entries).

Our variant management tools enable process owners and modelers to identify and model variants, control
their relationships, reduce redundancy, track and propagate changes, and support users in consuming the
required variant depending on the context and their role.

 Note

The current scope is defined as follows:

• Variant management is supported for BPMN diagrams and value chains.

• Administrators and modelers are authorized to manage variants (for example, to create a variant). Only
modelers can create dimensions.
• Administrators and modelers can create variants of a process but not second- or deeper-level variants
(variants of variants).
• As variant dimensions are based on dictionary categories, they can only be created in English.
Dimensions and values that you've enabled for variant management are visible only in English.

Related Information

Variant Group [page 193]

Variant Management in the Editor [page 198]
Variant Management in the Notification and Activity Feed [page 198]
Variant Management

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

192 PUBLIC Variant Management
10.1 Variant Group

A process template with all its variants.

A variant group consists of exactly one template and at least one variant. Each variant can only be attached to
one template.

The variant group carries the same name as its template. You can easily identify a template, a variant, or a
variant group as a whole by means of the following labels or icons:

Icon/ Label Element

Variant group (with number of variants)

In list view: Template (with number of variants)

Template Template

Variant

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 193
  Example

Activities

Most activities related to variant groups are performed in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which
actions you are able to perform depends on your role and authorizations, and where you access the diagrams.

Related Information

Process Template [page 194]

Process Variant [page 195]
Variant Management

10.1.1 Process Template

A process model that has been defined as a main process for creating or attaching process variants.

A process template is associated with at least one variant. However it's possible to make a diagram a template
without immediately attaching variants, and to add them later on. Variants can also be detached from a
template.

You manage process templates in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which actions you are able to
perform depends on your role and authorizations, and where you access the diagrams. For more information,
see Variant Management Access and Authorizations.

 Caution

Be aware that deleting a process template disconnects the associated variants, and they lose their
dimensions and values. You can't undo the deletion and the dissociation of the variants.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

194 PUBLIC Variant Management
Related Information

Variant Group [page 193]

Dimensions and Values [page 196]
Variant Management

10.1.2 Process Variant

A variation of a process model that differs from its template in at least one dimension or value.

A process variant is a distinct version of how a specific process is executed in diverse setups. These variations
may appear due to factors like geographical locations, customer channels, business units, or any unique
characteristic that prompts the need for process customization. Variants differ in elements such as process
sequence, roles and responsibilities, IT systems, documents, and other process attributes.

To create a process variant:

• Make an existing diagram a variant by attaching it to a process template.

 Note

You can attach a variant to a template that uses the same modeling notation. To a BPMN model, for
example, you can only attach BPMN variants.

• Clone a template to create a variant.

• Clone a variant to create a new variant.

You manage process variants in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which actions you are able to
perform depends on your role and authorizations, and where you access the diagrams.

Related Information

Variant Group [page 193]

Dimensions and Values [page 196]
Variant Management

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 195
10.1.3 Dimensions and Values

Use dimensions and values within these dimensions to differentiate process templates and variants.

The following diagram is interactive and contains examples of possible dimensions that you can use to define
process variants and templates:

• #unique_117/unique_117_Connect_42_subsection-im1 [page 196]

• #unique_117/unique_117_Connect_42_subsection-im2 [page 196]
• #unique_117/unique_117_Connect_42_subsection-im3 [page 196]

Click each element for more information.

Geography

Multinational companies need to manage processes in different countries and regions while keeping variations
in respect to a standard process to a minimum.

Product

Companies with different product lines and brands need to manage processes related to different products,
manufacturing sites, capabilities, and procedures.

Customer Type

Companies that produce and sell to different kinds of customers need to introduce variants related to the
different channels their customers use.

Process variants differ from their template in at least one value. That value either belongs to the same
dimension used by the template, or to an additional dimension.

 Example

These could be dimensions and values created by a company that produces coffee and tea:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

196 PUBLIC Variant Management
 Dimension Template Variant 1 Variant 2 Variant 3

Region Global Global Africa South America

Product Type Coffee Coffee Coffee Coffee

Department n/a Sales n/a n/a

Activities

Dimensions are stored as dictionary categories, and values are stored as dictionary entries.

You can add and edit dictionary categories in the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor. Any dictionary
category that you want to use as a dimension in variant management needs to be defined as such:

1. Choose Setup Define notations/attributes Dictionary .

2. Add a new category and fill in the required information.
To change an existing category, select the category name and choose Edit.
3. Select the Use for Variant Management checkbox.
4. Save your changes.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 197
Related Information

The Dictionary [page 200]

Variant Management

10.2 Variant Management in the Editor

Display details about a variant group in the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor.

When you edit a diagram that belongs to a variant group, the system displays details about the template and its
variants in the attribute panel.

The following information is available:

• Process template
• Process variants
• Dimensions and values of the edited diagram

When you choose the link to a template or variant, the diagram opens in a new tab.

When you choose Manage dimensions, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub opens, where you can
configure the dimensions and values of the diagram.

Related Information

Dimensions and Values [page 196]

Variant Management

10.3 Variant Management in the Notification and Activity

Feed

View information about variant-management-related activities and subscribe to notifications.

Changes to a process variant or a process template are documented in the notification and activity feed. The
following actions, among others, are documented in the feed:

• Creating new variants

• Changing dimensions and values
• Attaching variants to a template
• Detaching variants from a template

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

198 PUBLIC Variant Management
  Example

If notifications have been enabled by your workspace administrator, you can subscribe to a diagram or a folder
to receive email updates.

Related Information

The Notification and Activity Feed [page 225]

Variant Management

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 199
11 The Dictionary

Learn about the central object management repository in SAP Signavio, known as the Dictionary.

The dictionary enables you to use the same terms and the same elements in your organization-specific
modeling environment. A dictionary item or entry represents an object that is relevant for one or more of your
processes. With the dictionary, you can manage and re-use specific modeling elements.

The dictionary is a crucial component that helps you achieve a consistent and well-structured business object
management in your diagrams. Here is an example of a dictionary item:

For more information, see Working with the Dictionary [page 200].

11.1 Working with the Dictionary

Lean how to work with the workspace dictionary.

 Note

Access rights for the complete dictionary and dictionary categories are set by your workspace
administrator. The actions available to you depend on your access rights.

In the dictionary, you can search, view, create, edit, delete, and publish dictionary entries.

• To open the dictionary, choose the Dictionary folder in the navigation tree on the left side of the explorer.
The dictionary opens in a new browser tab.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

200 PUBLIC The Dictionary
 • To view a dictionary entry, select it. Its full description, a list of attached documents, and a list of diagrams
referencing that entry is displayed.

Navigate the Dictionary

You can navigate the dictionary by using the dictionary categories.

1. Select the category that you want to display (for example, Roles).
2. Use the alphabet links at the top to navigate to the entry you are looking for faster.

Show Where a Dictionary Entry is Used

To find out where a specific dictionary entry is referenced in your process landscape, select the entry and
choose Show usages.

A dialog displays the type and name of the referencing elements, as well as the names of the referencing
diagrams.

With Load next, you can view links to the referencing elements to analyze the whole chain of references.

Switch the Language

If there are multiple languages activated for your workspace, you can switch between them by choosing
(language).

Dictionary entries that have not been translated into the currently selected language are displayed in their
default language and marked with a country flag.

Full-Text Search

You can find specific entries with the full-text search.

Follow these steps:

1. Enter your search terms in the search field.

2. Choose Enter. The search results are listed. The order indicates the entries' relevance regarding the search.
For example, an entry with your search terms in the title ranks higher than one with the terms only in the
description.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 201
The Activity Feed

Similar to the activity feed in the explorer, the dictionary feed allows you to manage revisions.

You can expand or collapse the revision feed once you select a dictionary entry. When selecting a revision in the
feed, you can trigger the following activities:

• Restore
Restores your entry to a previous version. This does not delete revisions, but lets you to switch between
them.
• Publishing
Makes this revision available in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. By default, the newest revision is
automatically published upon creation.
• Unpublishing
Revokes the revision's publication in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

 Note

The buttons to publish and unpublish revisions are only active in categories for which Publishing Mode
has been set to Manual. See Defining custom categories for dictionary entries for details.

Create New Dictionary Entries

To create a new dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Choose New in the top toolbar.

2. In the New Entry dialog box, add the following information:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

202 PUBLIC The Dictionary
 Parameter Description

Category A number of attributes can be defined for a dictionary

entry. Start with selecting a category for the entry, as the
category can affect the custom attributes available for the
entry. Read more about the configuration of dictionary
categories in section Defining custom categories for dic-
tionary entries.

Language Select a language in the drop-down menu. Attribute val-

ues of dictionary entries can be defined in multiple lan-
guages. Make sure that the title of the entry is defined in
at least one language.

You can link dictionary entries by their name by typing

the title of the entry to be linked and choosing it from
the auto-completion drop-down menu. This is useful if
a dictionary entry contains other dictionary entries in
its title. For example, the dictionary entry Prepare loan
application for check by risk manager can reference loan
applicationand risk manager as further entries. Users who
view the diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub users can navigate to these entries via the estab-
lished references.

Title (mandatory) Enter the name of the dictionary entry.

Description Enter a short description. You can format this description.

Relevant documents You can attach documents or link to files.

Documents attached to dictionary items are not updated

when the source document is updated. The dictionary
item contains the revision that was initially attached.

Class name This name is not available by default. An administrator

must enable it.

The class name is relevant when exporting a DMN dia-

gram to Drools files. When modeling, the standard name
of the dictionary entry is always used. Read more in sec-
tion Add java source references to dictionary entries used
as data definitions [page 294].

Technical name This name is not available by default. An administrator

must enable it.

The technical name is relevant when exporting a DMN dia-

gram to XML or Drools files. When modeling, the standard
name of the dictionary entry is always used. Read more
in section Export a DMN diagram to XML [page 292] and
Exporting DMN diagrams as drools rules [page 294].

3. Choose Create to save the dictionary entry.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 203
Edit Dictionary Entries

To edit an existing dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Choose the dictionary entry you want to edit and choose Edit. The edit dialog for dictionary entries opens.
2. Edit the dictionary entry.
3. Choose Save.

 Note

If the category of the dictionary term you are trying to edit is set to automatically update when making
changes, the diagram elements that refer to this entry are updated automatically. If there are a lot of
diagrams affected, it can take up to thirty seconds to save your changes.

Delete Dictionary Entries

To delete an existing dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Select the dictionary entry you want to delete.

2. Choose (Delete) from the toolbar.

A confirmation dialog lists the affected diagrams.
3. Confirm with Yes.

Reference Documents

You can reference external documents for a dictionary.

1. Select a dictionary entry and then choose Edit.

The Edit entry dialog box opens.
2. In the attribute Relevant documents, select Add a new document. The dialog Link files/pictures opens.
3. Select a file which is already available in your workspace. Alternatively, you can upload a new file or picture
from your local file storage or add a link.
4. Choose Add. The selected file is added to the dictionary entry.

Publish Dictionary Entries

 Note

The following section applies to dictionary entries that are set to manual publishing mode. By default,
dictionary entries are automatically published together with the diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

204 PUBLIC The Dictionary
If a dictionary entry was edited without being republished, a warning is displayed when this dictionary entry is
used in the editor.

In that case, make sure that the current dictionary entry is also published when publishing the diagram.

To publish a dictionary entry manually, follow these steps:

1. Select the entry you want to publish.

2. Open the activity feed at the bottom by choosing Expand.
3. Choose the revision you want to publish in the activity feed.
4. In the dialog, choose Publish.
The dictionary entry is published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

11.2 Use the dictionary while modeling

Link dictionary entries to diagram elements and create new dictionary entries while modeling, directly in the
editor.

 Note

Access rights for the complete dictionary and dictionary categories are set by your workspace
administrator. The actions available to you depend on your access rights.

Most dictionary functions can be used directly in the editor.

While modeling, you can do the following:

• Use suggested dictionary entries

• Search for available dictionary entries
• Create new dictionary entries

Use suggested dictionary entries

Available dictionary entries are suggested when you enter a label name.

 Note

This feature supports wildcards (*). For example, typing C*O may return the entries CIO, CFO, and CEO.

To reuse dictionary entries, follow these steps:

1. Enter a label for the diagram element. While you type, dictionary entries are suggested below the element.
By default, only dictionary entries whose category type matches the element type are suggested.
2. Click an entry to link it to the element. The entry's title is now the element's label and the attribute
values of the dictionary entry are applied. Elements that reference dictionary entries are marked with the

dictionary icon .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 205
  Example

Example:

Search for available dictionary entries

To find available dictionary entries, use the search below the shape repository.

Follow these steps:

1. Enter a search term. Search results are listed as you type.

2. You can apply a filter to include only specific dictionary categories.
3. When the search was successful, drag the dictionary entry onto the diagram canvas. The dictionary entry
is referenced and its attribute values are applied to the element.

Create new dictionary entries

You can add new dictionary entries while modeling.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

206 PUBLIC The Dictionary
To create a new dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Enter the label of a diagram element.

2. Click . The New entry dialog opens.

3. A category for the dictionary entry is automatically preselected, depending on the element. You can
change the category in the drop-down menu.
4. Enter a short description of the dictionary entry. You can format the text.
5. To add documents to a dictionary entry, click Add a new document and add the link in the dialog. You can
add multiple documents.
6. Click Create.
The dictionary entry is created and the diagram element references this entry. Elements that reference

dictionary entries are marked with the dictionary icon .

 Example

Example:

New entries are created in the language currently selected for the diagram. To translate entries, open them in
the dictionary. See section Working with the dictionary [page 200].

Open dictionary entries

If an element references a dictionary entry, you can view the entry by clicking .

To edit the entry, click Open in dictionary. The full dictionary entry opens in a new browser tab.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 207
Remove links to dictionary entries

When you want to link an element to a different dictionary entry, you first need to remove the current link.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the entry by clicking the dictionary icon .

2. Click Remove link and confirm the removal in the dialog.

Publish dictionary entries

If a dictionary entry is set to manual publishing mode and has been altered without being republished, the
editor displays a warning.

To avoid this, make sure you publish the current entry dictionary along with the diagram you're creating.

11.2.1 Overwrite dictionary entries locally

This section describes local changes for attributes. To edit a dictionary entry, see section Editing dictionary
entries [page 200].

To specify a value for the current process context, you can overwrite attribute values from a referenced
dictionary entry locally.

 Caution

Local modifications are not applied to the dictionary. When you overwrite dictionary entries, these changed
element properties are no longer managed centrally in the dictionary. This can cause inconsistencies
between elements that reference the same dictionary entry.

To overwrite the value of an attribute, follow these steps:

1. Open the attribute panel. All attributes that are defined by a dictionary entry are marked with the

dictionary icon .
2. In the diagram, select the element with the attribute you want to change.
3. Click the attribute value in the attribute panel.
You are warned that local changes do not affect the dictionary entry.
4. Click OK to continue. Depending on the attribute, an editing dialog opens.
5. Enter the attribute value. When the new value is applied, the attribute is marked with a red dictionary icon

 Note

You can't overwrite a dictionary attribute value with its default value.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

208 PUBLIC The Dictionary
Remove local changes

To undo the local change of an attribute value, follow these steps:

1. Open the attribute panel. All attributes with local changes are marked with a red dictionary icon .

2. Click the red dictionary icon .

3. The dialog Dictionary entry opens. Here, the local changes and the attribute in the dictionary entry are
shown.
4. To reset the value to the value from the dictionary entry, click Revert.
The reversion is confirmed.
5. Close the dialog with Close.

Preventing accidental overwriting

To report and prevent overwriting of attributes, you can use modeling guidelines.

Workspace administrators can activate the necessary checks.

11.3 Merging Dictionary Entries

The dictionary allows you to keep all the terms that are often used in your diagrams in one easy-to-reference
place. However, over time the use of terms can change. Entries with a similar meaning but different description
might be added, and extraneous copies of existing entries might be created when many modelers work
together. Duplication can also happen when importing SAP Signavio archive or SGX files, because entries from
these files will automatically be added to the dictionary. Regardless of the source, merging entries will help you
maintain a well-organized dictionary.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the dictionary by choosing the Dictionary folder in the navigation tree on the left side of the explorer.
2. Select the category the entries can be found in.
3. Choose the dictionary entries you want to merge.

 Tip

Choose the resulting entry first, so that its elements are selected by default.

4. Select Merge Dictionary Entries.

5. If you remember that you need to merge more entries than the ones you've already selected, enter the
name of the entry into the Add Dictionary Entry field. Use the auto-completion feature, then press Enter.
6. Choose the elements to be added to the resulting entry. Attached documents, linked dictionary items, and
links are added to the target entry automatically.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 209
7. Choose Merge and confirm the warning.
The entries are merged. The resulting entry will be displayed, and can now be edited.

11.4 Recommendations: Dictionary Content Management

Learn how to create useful dictionary content for your workspace, how to maintain the dictionary, and how to
keep it consistent over time.

The dictionary is part of the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite and can be used in SAP Signavio
Process Modeler , SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, and integrated with SAP Signavio Process
Governance.

Getting Started

The initial dictionary contains the default categories and exemplary entries for most categories. The default
categories cannot be deleted. The exemplary entries give you an idea how entries can look like for the different
categories.

You can add custom categories and subcategories.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

210 PUBLIC The Dictionary
While dictionary entries and categories differ from company to company and between industry sectors, the
following four categories are usually useful for all customers:

• Organizational units
• Roles
• Departments
• External participants
• Documents
• IT systems
• Risks & controls

 Note

Often, activities and events are not suitable for standardization across a workspace and therefore hard to
define as dictionary entries. You can leave the default categories Activities and Events empty.

When you have existing definitions and possible entries for one category or multiple categories, we recommend
that you add these existing content to the dictionary. Dictionary entries can be added one by one using the
dictionary interface. There are two additional ways to add dictionary entries:

• You can import dictionary entries in batches as Microsoft Excel files.

• Dictionary entries can be created while processes are modeled by your modeling users. We recommend
this process when you have no existing definitions to import.

Importing New Entries as Microsoft Excel (XLS or XLSX) Files

You can import existing definitions into the dictionary as Excel files. You import one category or one
subcategory at a time. For a successful import, the structure of the Excel file needs to fulfill certain
requirements.

To make sure that the structure of the Excel file matches the requirements, export one of the available
dictionary categories and use this file as a template.

Creating New Entries in the Editor

Every modeling shape provides the option to directly create a new dictionary entry without leaving the current
model. When no preexisting definitions to populate the dictionary are available, modelers can fill the dictionary
while they are mapping processes.

Assigning Dictionary Managers

To keep the dictionary consistent and to avoid the creation of duplicates, we recommend that you have
designated dictionary managers. Only this group of users should get write permissions to the entire dictionary

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 211
or specific categories, for example, you can appoint two managers for IT-systems and two different managers
for organizational units.

To enable all modelers to suggest new entries, create suggestion categories. You can give all users writing
access to these suggestion categories. Detailed permissions per dictionary category can be set in the user
management.

Every dictionary entry has a unique ID that is used to link the entry to an element. This means the suggested
dictionary entries can be used by all modelers while still in the suggestion category. The link between dictionary
entries and modeling shapes stay intact when dictionary managers change the category of entries.

The dictionary managers should regularly take over entries from the suggestion categories so that new entries
are added to the main categories in reliable intervals. Dictionary managers can subscribe to the suggestion
categories to get notified about changes automatically.

Avoiding Duplicates

There are several ways duplicate entries are created:

• Modeling users create a new entry, but a similar entry already exists.
• When you import Excel files with dictionary entries, the option Create new entries for all rows is enabled.
• SGX files are imported, with the enabled option to import the contained dictionary entries.

When several languages are set for your workspace, users can select a language for a dictionary entry. This can
result in duplicate entries that are not easily recognized because they are in different languages.

When you use suggestion categories and designated dictionary managers, they should detect duplicates when
they move entries out of the suggestion category.

When you import Excel files with dictionary entries, select the options carefully to avoid undesired results.

Merging Dictionary Entries

When you have duplicate dictionary entries, you can merge entries so that no information gets lost.

Deleting Dictionary Categories and Entries

You can delete dictionary entries and all dictionary categories you have created. It is not possible to delete the
default categories.

Before you can delete a dictionary category, you have to delete all entries in that category, or move them to
different categories. You also have to delete all attribute definitions used by this category and all dictionary link
attributes that reference the category.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

212 PUBLIC The Dictionary
Related Information

Import Dictionary Entries [page 283]

Export Dictionary Entries [page 286]
Merging Dictionary Entries [page 209]
Working with the Dictionary [page 200]

11.5 Tutorial: How to Use the Dictionary as a Modeler

Learn how to use the Dictionary as a business process or a business decision modeler.

• Reference and create dictionary objects directly from the modeling canvas.
• Drag & drop existing dictionary entries as modeling elements from the element repository onto the canvas.
• Manage changes to diagram elements.

Following our recommendations will increase your modeling speed as well as the consistency and
completeness of your process landscape.

Let's start by creating a new process as part of our example process landscape.

First, we create a pool for our company. The pool ACME AG can be dropped from the dictionary entry
repository on the left side of the modeling canvas. It is directly available under Frequently used dictionary
items :

Drag & drop from the element the dictionary entry repository

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 213
In the attribute panel on the right-hand side we can see that element attributes have been filled in
automatically, based on the attribute values of the dictionary item:

The attribute values are fetched from the referenced dictionary entry

Subsequently, we want to add the organizational role Approver as a lane.

We are not sure if a corresponding dictionary entry exists, so we simply start to fill in the corresponding label.
As we type, the dictionary entry Approver is suggested as a reference.

We select the entry to assign it to the lane:

Select the dictionary entry you want to reference

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

214 PUBLIC The Dictionary
  Note

If the default Dictionary settings have not been changed, only dictionary items that match the
corresponding element type are suggested. In our case, only organizational units and IT systems are
suggested and e.g. no events or activities. IT systems can be referenced from pools and lanes because they
are similar to organizational units in their ability to execute tasks. For example, the task Send email can be
executed by both an employee and an IT system.

Now we add a start event and name it Employment contract received

We can assume that this event is only occurring in this one diagram, so we don't need to create a dictionary
entry for it.

Subsequently, we create the task Review employment contract. No dictionary entry is suggested by the system.
Let's now assume that we need to create the same task in a different process later on. Thus, we create a new
dictionary entry by clicking the dictionary icon at the lower left corner of the element:

Create a new dictionary entry

The dictionary entry is now available in the dictionary element repository.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 215
The document employment contract already exists:

Reference the dictionary item employment contract.

Now, we want to link the IT system that the approver needs to use. We don't know which system to use exactly,
so we use the filter function of the dictionary element repository to gain an overview over our IT systems:

Filter the dictionary for IT systems

We identify Personnel System as the correct IT System and drag it onto the modeling canvas:

We can refer to the steps described above to continue adding elements to our model.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

216 PUBLIC The Dictionary
Generally, we recommend to re-use dictionary entries wherever it makes sense and to create or reference
dictionary entries for all elements that are likely to be re-used. This prevents duplicates and inconsistent
information in your SAP Signavio workspace.

However, when revising the process, we find that the role Approver is too generic for our purpose:

The dictionary entry does not provide specific information

To adjust the element, we have three options:

• Edit the element ( not recommended ):

We can edit the attribute documentation and adjust it to a more specific description.
Before editing the attribute, a warning will appear:

A warning is displayed, as element attribute and dictionary item attribute will no longer be consistent.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 217
After the attribute was edited, a warning icon next to the attribute indicates that the value is not consistent with
the corresponding value of the referenced dictionary item:

The warning sign indicates the inconsistency between element attribute and dictionary item attribute.

However, this procedure is not recommended, as it makes it very hard to detect the difference between the
approver in our current lane and other lanes referencing the approver object. Moreover, it is no longer possible
to centrally manage the attribute value via the dictionary.

Adjust the Dictionary Entry:

We can select the dictionary item and choose Open in dictionary:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

218 PUBLIC The Dictionary
Now, we can choose Edit and adjust the dictionary entry our needs:

This option is recommended if the dictionary entry is generally not correct or lacks information. This does not
apply in our case.

Create a New Dictionary Entry (Recommended)

As our approver is a human resource/legal specialist, we need to add more specific information. However, we
can assume that the approver reference in other diagrams doesn't match our new specification. In that case,
we will need to select the dictionary icon next to the entry and choose Remove link:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Dictionary PUBLIC 219
We confirm the action and rename the lane with a more specific term, for example Legal approver (HR) .
Subsequently, we add a new dictionary entry:

 Note

We recommend avoiding inconsistencies between dictionary entries and referencing elements and to avoid
re-purposing dictionary entries because of one specific reference . In such cases, the creation of a new
Dictionary is usually the best alternative.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

220 PUBLIC The Dictionary
12 Search

The standard search is a full text search. With (advanced search), you can filter results.

Full Text Search

• To search, enter the search terms into the search box and choose Enter.

The following content is considered in the standard search:

• Diagram titles
• Attributes of diagrams and elements
• Element labels
• Comments
• Revision information
• Content of uploaded files
• Dictionary entry links

The following operators are available:

Search operators Description

Wildcard (*) The wildcard character (*) is a placeholder for one or more
characters.

For example, the search term lab*r returns results for both
British English (labour) and American English (labor).

AND Connect search terms with AND to only get results that con-
tain all terms.

Phrases Put a phrase in quotation marks ("...") to get an exact match.

For example, "Process Manager" lists all results that

contain the complete phrase Process Manager, and not
items that only include the term Manager.

Use quotation marks when you search for hyphenated

terms, for example "e-learning".

This search does not include partial matches, the phrase

needs to consist of complete words.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Search PUBLIC 221
  Note

• It is possible to combine search operators in one query.

• If you expect that certain keywords are part of many possible results, leave them out of the search.
Only search for the distinguishing keywords.

Advanced Search

With the advanced search, you can limit the search to a specific attribute. Attributes on diagram and element
level can be selected.

To execute an advanced search, follow these steps:

1. Choose (advanced search)next to the search box.

2. Select the attribute from the drop-down list. When Search within any field is selected, this is equivalent to
the standard search.
3. Enter the search terms and choose Search. The search results are displayed.
4. You can add additional search criteria to filter by diagram properties and values. The following filter criteria
can be used:
• Element name
• Last modified
• Last author
• Revision comment
• Publishing date
• Publishing state
• Commenting state
• SAP Signavio ID
• Type (diagram, file, folder, or comment)
5. To filter the search results, choose Add & Search.

6. To remove a filter, choose (close).

Search Results

The results are categorized by location:

• Found in title or directly in diagram

• Found in diagram elements
• Found in comments

You can collapse or extend the categories.

If a search returns many hits, they are displayed over several pages. To navigate the result pages, use the arrow
buttons next to the page number.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

222 PUBLIC Search
By default, search results are displayed in icon view. For list view, choose (list view) in the top right corner.

To return to icon view, choose (icon view).

For dictionary entries, the category shown is Linked diagrams of dictionary item. To search for dictionary
entries, use the search function in the dictionary. See section Full-text search [page 200] for details.

To access the folder in which an item is located, select the item and click Go to parent.

Return to the Default Explorer View

To leave the search results view, select any folder in the directory.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Search PUBLIC 223
13 Organizing Diagrams

SAP Signavio offers a variety of functionalities for organizing diagrams.

Find out more about

• Working with Folders and Diagrams [page 25]

• Search [page 221]
• Viewing diagram details [page 23]
• Migrating Diagrams to BPMN 2.0
• Work with Modeling Conventions [page 53]
• Display Attribute Overlays [page 62]

The diagram preview provides information about a diagram and its revisions in the Explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

224 PUBLIC Organizing Diagrams
14 The Notification and Activity Feed

Once you have created diagrams and then updated or changed them at least once, you have the option to see
what was changed by whom at what time in the activity panel.

When you select folders or diagrams, the explorer displays the activity panel at the bottom of the screen:

The activity panel provides diagram details.

Notification Configuration

 Note

Notifications need to be enabled by your workspace administrator.

In the activity panel, you can set how frequently you receive email updates about specific diagram(s) or
folder(s). If you subscribe to a folder, you will receive updates regarding all the diagrams and sub-folders
contained within. You can daily, weekly or monthly notifications. Alternately, you can unsubscribe from
notifications entirely.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Notification and Activity Feed PUBLIC 225
 Manage email notifications about updates of the selected diagram or folder.

 Note

Your notifications are sent in a single email.

Additional Functions

The activity panel provides a preview of the diagram/folder as well as detailed information and management
options regarding its version history.

To access this preview, proceed as follows:

1. Select a diagram/folder.
2. Choose Expand in the lower left corner of the Explorer. Alternately, you can use the space bar on your
keyboard:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

226 PUBLIC The Notification and Activity Feed
 3. The panel expands, providing a visual overview of the diagram:

4. To view the activity feed and manage the change and version history of the diagram, choose Feed button.
The activity feed will now be displayed.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Notification and Activity Feed PUBLIC 227
5. Hovering over the timeline provides you with specific time spans.

6. To gain a visual overview over an activity, choose Activity description.

The visualization will highlight the elements that have been changed.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

228 PUBLIC The Notification and Activity Feed
 7. The overview also provides links to publish or comment the revision and to switch to the diagram
comparison (see section Comparison [page 63]).
8. If the selected revision is not the latest revision of the diagram, it is also possible to restore the revision (see
section Restore older revisions of a diagram [page 36]):

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

The Notification and Activity Feed PUBLIC 229
9. To get a more detailed view on an activity set, it can be opened to show all its single activities by clicking the
dots on the grey stripe at the right side. Each activity will be displayed separately:

10. To hide the panel again, choose the space bar or choose Collapse.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

230 PUBLIC The Notification and Activity Feed
15 Collaboration

In SAP Signavio Process Modeler, there are several ways to enable collaborators to contribute to your business
process and business decision landscape.

Inviting Modelers

Fellow modelers in your workspace can by default edit and comment on all diagrams in the workspace's
Shared documents folder. You can also invite modelers to edit to call attention to a diagram. They can also
preview diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub which also provides a reader-friendly diagram
presentation, with its full screen view and detailed documentation.

Inviting Stakeholders

 Note

Invited collaborators with no account have to create an account first.

Exporting diagrams and sharing, saving or printing them is another collaborative option for modelers. This way,
diagrams can be transferred between SAP Signavio workspaces (SGX) and SAP Signavio and other modeling
softwares (BPMN 2.0 conform XML), saved locally, sent by email (PDF, SVG or PNG), or printed out.

Simplified Views on Diagrams

You can create simplified views of diagrams.

Simplified views make reading a diagram easier, especially if the colleague you invited is not a modeling expert.
You can also hide irrelevant information. When your stakeholders view diagrams in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub, they can select the view suitable for them.

Inviting Modelers to Edit a Diagram [page 232]

After you created or updated a diagram you can notify your fellow modelers and invite them to further
refine the diagram. If you noticed that a diagram has not been updated for a long time, you can invite
your colleagues to check and make updates if necessary.

Sharing a Diagram from the Editor [page 233]

You can share any diagram you are working on directly in the editor.

Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer [page 234]

You can share any diagram to which you have access.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 231
 Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 235]

Inviting Users to Access a Diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 238]

Comments [page 239]

Learn how to view, write, or edit comments, mention others, and delete comments.

Creating Views [page 239]

You can create different views for different audiences. In a view, you include what you want to show an
audience and exclude what the audience does not need to see.

Granting Read-Only Access to Diagrams [page 242]

SAP Signavio allows you to share diagrams with collaborators in read-only mode. For read only access
without the commenting option, create a link to send to your colleagues via the embedding function.

Execute Processes in SAP Signavio Process Governance [page 242]

Working with Approval Workflows [page 243]

Translating Diagrams [page 246]

15.1 Inviting Modelers to Edit a Diagram

After you created or updated a diagram you can notify your fellow modelers and invite them to further refine
the diagram. If you noticed that a diagram has not been updated for a long time, you can invite your colleagues
to check and make updates if necessary.

With Invite modeler to edit, you can send registered workspace users an invitation to edit diagrams. Unless
configured otherwise, all modelers in your workspace can edit diagrams that are stored in the Shared
documents folder. If you try to open a diagram while it is being edited by someone else, a warning is shown. You
can still edit the diagram, but if you save, you override the changes made by your colleagues.

To send an invitation email, proceed as follows:

1. Select a diagram.
2. Choose Share Invite modeler to edit in the menu bar.
3. In the dialog, all registered users with editing rights are displayed on the left. Select the people you want to
invite.
4. Optional: Customize the invitation message.
5. Send the invite.
An invitation email is sent to all selected users.

 Note

You cannot grant additional access rights to people using this dialog. It only sends notifications. If you
want to add users to your workspace, ask your workspace administrator. To discuss your diagrams with
colleagues, you can also invite them to comment.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

232 PUBLIC Collaboration
Related Information

Inviting Users to Access a Diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 238]

15.2 Sharing a Diagram from the Editor

You can share any diagram you are working on directly in the editor.

Prerequisites

A diagram can be shared after it was saved for the first time.

Context

One of the most powerful features in collaborative process design is inviting stakeholders to review and
comment on diagrams. This function lets you involve contributors who don't need to be modeling experts.
Anyone you invite who isn't already a member of your workspace needs to register and receives a commenting
license.

 Note

You cannot grant additional access rights to people using this dialog, you only send out email invites to
comment.

Procedure

1. Open your diagram in the editor.

2. In the toolbar, select  (Share).
3. In the dialog, select users from the list or add email addresses for new users you want to invite.
4. Optional: Add a message.
5. Send your invite.
Everyone you invited receives an email. Anyone you invite who is not already a member of your workspace
needs to register and is assigned a commenting license.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 233
Related Information

Commenting License

15.3 Sharing a Diagram from the Explorer

You can share any diagram to which you have access.

Context

One of the most powerful features in collaborative process design is inviting stakeholders to review and
comment on diagrams. This function lets you involve contributors who don't need to be modeling experts.
Anyone you invite who isn't already a member of your workspace needs to register and receives a commenting
license.

 Note

You cannot grant additional access rights to people using this dialog, you only send out email invites to
comment.

Procedure

1. Select your diagram in the explorer.

2. In the toolbar, go to Share Invite Anyone for Feedback .

3. In the dialog, select users from the list or add email addresses for new users you want to invite.
4. Optional: Add a message.
5. Send your invite.
Everyone you invited receives an email. Anyone you invite who is not already a member of your workspace
needs to register and is assigned a commenting license.

Related Information

Commenting License

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

234 PUBLIC Collaboration
15.4 Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub

Every modeler who has the access rights for publishing a diagram can publish it in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub. You can also define and use approval workflows to publish diagrams. Read about this in the
section Approval workflows [page 243].

Apart from diagrams, pictures and files stored in your SAP Signavio file storage can be made available in SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub too. Publishing those files is similar to publishing diagrams. Depending on
your configuration settings, you might need to explicitly publish dictionary entries. Read more about publishing
dictionary entries in the section Publishing dictionary entries [page 200].

 Note

Administrators can grant users the right to publish, edit or delete diagrams in the Shared documents folder.
Please contact an administrator and ask them for the corresponding rights if you cannot access these
options.

To publish a diagram, proceed as follows:

1. In the menu bar, choose Share then Publish to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.
2. In the dialog, select the diagrams you want to publish. You can publish up to 1024 diagrams at once.
3. To publish an older revision of the diagram or to revert changes of a published diagram, use the activity
feed of the diagram. Select a diagram and choose Expand in the lower left corner of the explorer.
Alternatively, you can select the space bar on your keyboard.

4. In case the feed tab is not opened by default, choose Feed button.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 235
5. In the activity feed, select the revision you want to publish.

6. Choose Publish revision.

7. Confirm in the dialog. Your diagram is published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

 Note

Only one revision of a diagram can be published. To publish multiple revisions, save a copy of the
diagram and then publish the corresponding revision.

Revoke a Published Diagram

1. Select the diagrams you want to unpublish.

2. Choose Share and then Unpublish from SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub . The selected
diagrams are now unpublished.

To revoke a single published diagram, you can also use its activity feed.

1. Select a diagram and choose Expand in the lower left corner of the explorer. Alternatively, you can hit the
space bar on your keyboard.

2. In case the feed tab is not opened by default, choose Feed.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

236 PUBLIC Collaboration
 3. Select the publish event in the activity feed.

4. Choose Unpublish:

The diagram is no longer available in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

Opening a Diagram's Published Revision

It is often useful to know what the published version of a particular diagram looks like in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub. To find this out, select the diagram in the explorer and select Share - Open published
version.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 237
15.5 Inviting Users to Access a Diagram in SAP Signavio
Process Collaboration Hub

In many situations, you may want to point one or several readers to a specific diagram.

For this purpose, you can send emails containing the link to a diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub and additional information via the explorer invite.

To invite users to access published diagrams, proceed as follows:

1. Select a published diagram.

2. Choose Share, then Invite to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub in the menu bar.
3. Insert the email addresses of the recipients.
4. (Optional) Edit the message text.
5. You can also send a copy of the invitation email to yourself.
6. Send your invite. All invited users receive a message with the link to the diagram.

 Note

You can also use this feature to encourage somebody to have a look at SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub in general. Open the Invite to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub dialog without selecting a
diagram. The link in the email will lead to the entry point of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

New SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub Users

When you invite collaborators who do not have an account for SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, they
have to create an account first.

Sharing a Diagram

You can also share a diagram from the explorer or the editor. Anyone you invite with the  Share functions
who isn't already a member of your workspace needs to register and receives a commenting license. For more
information, see sections Sharing a Diagram from the Editor [page 233] and Sharing a Diagram from the
Explorer [page 234].

Related Information

Commenting License

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

238 PUBLIC Collaboration
15.6 Comments

Learn how to view, write, or edit comments, mention others, and delete comments.

Adding, Editing, and Deleting Comments

To add a comment, select  (Comments). A side panel opens, displaying all comments.

You have the following options:

• To add a comment, enter your comment in the text field and select Add Comment.
Your most recent comment appears at the top of the list.
• To mention someone in a comment, use @ and choose their name from the suggestions.
• To enhance your comment, you can format your text.
• To manage a specific comment, select the  (More) icon. You have the following options:
•  Reply.
To see all the replies in a thread, select Show 2 Replies (or the relevant number). To collapse the replies,
select Hide.
•  Edit.
•  Delete.

 Note

You can only delete your own comments. Deleting a comment cannot be undone.

•  Resolve.
•  Reject.
• Filter comments by status: Open, Resolved and Rejected.

 Tip

You can also filter comments by elements.

15.7 Creating Views

You can create different views for different audiences. In a view, you include what you want to show an audience
and exclude what the audience does not need to see.

When viewing a diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, available views can be selected.

Examples for using different views of process models:

• A model contains both user activities and elements for technical implementation. The audience wants to
focus on the technical implementation.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 239
• A model contains the expected path of a process and a number of exceptions. The audience doesn't need
to see the exceptions.

You can create as many views as you need.

Creating and Editing Views

1. Open the diagram to whoch you want to add a view.

2. In the right panel, go to Views. All available views are listed.
• To create a new view, choose Create new view.
• To configure an existing view, select the view.
3. In the view configuration, select the objects to exclude from a view.
You can preview the result and the original diagram.
4. Enter a name and a description for your view.
5. Save your changes

Navigate the View Configuration

Select and drag a preview to scroll to other areas of the diagram.

You can zoom in and out of the diagrams and use the minimap.

By default, you move both diagram versions in the preview. To move the diagrams separately, disable
synchronous scrolling.

Editing a View

You can exclude all Comments , Data objects, IT Systems, or Roles.

• Data objects: contains data objects, data storage and messages

• IT Systems: contains IT systems
• Roles: contains pools, lanes, collapsed pools and additional participants
• Comments: contains all comments on the diagram

You can show or hide each element. In the original view, disable elements to exclude them from a view.

For pools, you have additional options. Select an option from the drop-down list at the bottom of the pool.

• Pool is opened: The pool and its content are included in the view. You can define view options for all
contained elements.
• Pool is collapsed: The pool content is not shown.
• Only content: No roles that are defined by the pool and its lanes are shown. Message flows attached to the
pool are hidden.
• Pool is hidden: Neither the pool nor its content is included in the view. Message flows attached to the pool
are hidden.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

240 PUBLIC Collaboration
When you uncheck a pool, all elements in that pool are excluded from a view.

To keep the original diagram size and the original placement of the shown elements, disableReduce free space.

The preview is refreshed after every change.

Duplicate a View

To create a duplicate view from an existing view, follow these steps:

1. Choose the original view to open it.

2. Edit the view.
3. Choose Save as duplicate.
4. Enter a name for the new view and choose OK.
A new view is created.

Delete a View

1. Select the view to open it.

2. Choose Delete view.
3. Confirm the deletion in the dialog.
The view is deleted.

Export Views

You can include views when you export a diagram as an SVG, PNG, PDF, or a BPMN 2.0 XML file. The SGX
export contains all views for a diagram. Read more about exporting diagrams in section Downloading/exporting
diagrams [page 286].

Related Information

Diagram views
Create views [page 89]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 241
15.8 Granting Read-Only Access to Diagrams

SAP Signavio allows you to share diagrams with collaborators in read-only mode. For read only access without
the commenting option, create a link to send to your colleagues via the embedding function.

The system allows you to generate a link to a PNG-picture representation of your diagram.

Follow these steps:

1. Choose Share, then Embed diagram in the menu bar.

2. If the embedding function for this diagram has been activated, you can copy the link in the Simple image
tab using the key combination CTRL+C.
3. Now you can paste this link in an email and send it to the desired recipient.

When opening the diagram via this link, the most recent version of it will be displayed.

 Note

To revoke link access and at the same time stop all sharing and embedding of a diagram, click Stop sharing
the diagram for read-only access in the Embed diagram window.

15.9 Execute Processes in SAP Signavio Process Governance

 Note

SAP Signavio Process Governance is a platform for process governance. To use the SAP Signavio Process
Governance integration, you need to purchase SAP Signavio Process Governance licenses. For more
information, contact sales@[Link].

To switch from the explorer to SAP Signavio Process Governance, choose Process Governance Open
workflows in SAP Signavio Process Governance .

Alternatively, choose (Product Switcher) from the header area and select Process Governance.

Related Information

SAP Signavio Process Governance Integration with SAP Signavio Process Manager
SAP Signavio Process Governance

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

242 PUBLIC Collaboration
15.10 Working with Approval Workflows

 Note

We are working on expanding and improving the functions related to process governance.

For more information about SAP Signavio Process Governance, contact sales@[Link].

For this function, a license for SAP Signavio Process Governance is necessary in addition to the license for SAP
Signavio Process Modeler.

Approval workflows enable you to control validation of diagrams before publishing. Approval workflows ensure
that decision makers and BPM experts review and approve the quality and factual correctness of a diagram
before it is published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

Approval workflows make sure that diagrams have been approved by a list of users before they are published in
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

Approval workflows can be configured to automatically publish an approved diagram to SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub, or to send rejected diagrams back for editing.

In the explorer, diagrams are marked as follows:

a diagram currently being approved is marked with a cog-

wheel

a rejected diagram is marked with a red X

an approved diagram with a green check mark

a published diagram with a globe icon.

Start an approval workflow

You can start approval workflows for diagrams of all types.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 243
Follow these steps:

1. Select the diagram you want to have approved in the explorer.

2. In the menu bar, select Share > Start approval workflow.
3. In the dialog, click the link to open the workflow instance in SAP Signavio Process Governance.
4. In case there is more than one approval workflow for your workspace, select the approval workflow you
want to start from the drop-down menu and then click Start.

5. You receive a confirmation that the approval workflow has been started successfully. This dialog also
contains a link to the workflow instance.

If the diagram is approved, you can see that the approval status of the diagram has been updated in the
explorer.

Work on approval tasks assigned to you

This section describes how you work as a recipient of an approval workflow task.

As soon as a modeler requests an approval from you, you receive an email with a link to the case in SAP
Signavio Process Governance.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

244 PUBLIC Collaboration
Follow these steps:

1. Click the link to open the approval task. The approval task opens in SAP Signavio Process Governance.
2. Check whether the corresponding diagram fulfills your requirements.
3. Click the Show comments link to open the diagram in the commenting view.
4. Click the Compare revisions link to get a better overview over recent changes via the Comparison [page 63]
tool.
5. Open the explorer to access further functions:
• To open the diagram again, double-click it or select it and click Show comments, then Compare
revisions/diagrams.
• To check whether a diagram complies with modeling conventions, select Modeling conventions (XLSX).
The report is especially helpful when you conduct a formal approval with focus on BPMN quality.
• To point a colleague to a diagram, select the diagram you want to share and select Invite to SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.
• Start approval workflow triggers a new approval workflow case for the selected diagram.
• To get an overview of all pending approval workflows, you can either click Show started approval WFs or
Open approval task list in the upper panel.
Show started approval WFs provides a basic overview in the explorer, whereas Open approval task list
opens a more detailed, filterable view in SAP Signavio Process Governance.
6. Once you have finished the review, go back to the approval case in SAP Signavio Process Governance to
approve or reject the change.
In the explorer, a rejected diagram is marked with a red X, an approved diagram with a green check mark,
and a published diagram with a globe icon.

Processing open approval tasks

Follow these steps:

1. In the menu bar, select Share >Open approval task list.

You are redirected to your SAP Signavio Process Governance workspace. Here you can see your tasks.
2. Click a task to open it.
3. Click the corresponding buttons to complete the task.
4. In the menu bar, select Share >, then Show started approval WFs. A dialog with an overview of running (and
completed) approval workflows opens.
• If you have selected a diagram before opening the dialog, all approval workflows for this diagram are
displayed.
• If you have selected a folder, all approval workflows for diagrams in the selected folder are displayed.
• If you haven't selected anything, all approval workflows of the folder that is open are displayed.
5. You can activate the check box Show completed approval workflows to include completed workflows in the
list.
The entries are sorted by creation date. Approval requests that are in progress are shown first, followed by
completed approval requests.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 245
15.11 Translating Diagrams

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

You can model your diagrams in multiple languages. This allows viewers and modelers who do not understand
your standard diagram language to collaborate with you.

Multilingualism is a feature which is available in the Editor, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and in the
Dictionary. You need to configure languages in the Explorer (see section Configure language settings for all
users) to use this feature.

The following explains how to translate a diagram and the modeling elements. Note that you need to have
already defined your desired language in the Explorer.

Changing the Language

When creating a new diagram, it will be displayed in the default language of the workspace. To change the
default language, read the section Set a default language.

The current language of a diagram can be switched in the editor via the drop-down list on the
right side of the upper toolbar.

 Note

If the list is not visible for you, it is possible that there are no languages defined for your workspace. As a
workspace administrator, you can define a set of available languages in the Explorer's configuration dialog,
which is described in the section Configure language settings for all users.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

246 PUBLIC Collaboration
Select one of the available languages. The diagram will adapt to the language immediately and may look like
the following:

The highlighted elements have not been translated into English, yet.

Diagram elements that were already translated are displayed will be displayed normally. In our example, the
task 'Problem lösen' was already translated. If the label was formatted, this formatting will be kept.

Diagram elements that are not yet translated are highlighted in red--in this example, the incoming message
event 'Lieferung der Ware' is only available in German (thus, the "de" in brackets).

The following chapter describes how diagram elements can be translated.

Translating Diagrams

Translating diagrams means defining a translation for each diagram element in each required language, which
can include all element labels and documentation.

This chapter describes how diagrams can be translated into other languages. This is especially useful when
multiple people are involved on the translation, each translated into one language. Later in this chapter, you will
learn how to translate a diagram in different languages at the same time.

The following example shows a translation from English to German:

1. First, select which language you want to translate. Proceed as explained above. Elements that were not yet
translated are highlighted in red.
2. Double-click an element to define its label.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 247
3. Select somewhere on the canvas to accept the new label. The translation will now be stored in the attribute
panel on the right.

4. In the attribute panel, you can also add documentation in the current language.

Translate the remaining diagram elements in the same way. After saving the diagram, it will be accessible in all
languages of the workspace.

Translating Diagrams into Multiple Languages at the Same Time

Sometimes, a modeler might want to define a diagram in multiple languages while modeling the diagram. In
this case, it is recommended to have the required languages set available while modeling.

1. Add languages to the diagram via the language tool of the Editor toolbar.
2. Select all the languages you want to work with in your diagram. They will appear in the attribute panel on
the right hand side.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

248 PUBLIC Collaboration
 3. Now you translate diagram elements into the desired languages simultaneously in the attribute panel by
simply entering the translations into the corresponding columns and lines.
4. To view the result in the other languages, switch the display language on the flag icon in the toolbar.

Migrating Diagrams to a Different Language

You can migrate the contents of a digram from one language to another. This is especially helpful when
switching between dialects of a specific language (for example, British English to American/Canadian English).
or if the diagram was created in the wrong language and you want to correct this.

 Note

When opening a diagram, the system will ask you for the diagram language if no default is defined.

To migrate a diagram into another language, proceed as follows:

1. Choose the language drop-down list, then select Migrate diagram to a different language. The
corresponding dialog box opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 249
2. Now choose the source and the target language for the migration. You can choose between all languages
that are defined for the workspace.
3. Optionally, you can delete information in the source language. Activate the checkbox Delete original texts to
do so.
4. Choose OK. A confirmation prompt is displayed.
5. Confirm with Yes.

In this example a diagram was created without language definitions. The content was defined in German. As
the workspaces' default language is English, the diagram was configured to be in English when the language
tools were activated. The content is now supposed to be migrated from German to English and the German
contents are supposed to be removed.

Translating Diagram, Folder, and File Names

 Caution

Keep in mind that translations that you make within the framework of this feature are only visible in SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

1. Select the name of a diagram, folder or file name you want to translate in the Explorer.
2. Open the Edit menu and choose Change name/description (for files and folders) or Rename (for diagrams).
3. Now you can add translations of the name in all available languages.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

250 PUBLIC Collaboration
 4. Choose Change name/description or Rename to save your settings.

Related Information

Translate Content with PO Files [page 297]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 251
16 Reports

SAP Signavio Process Modeler allows you to create various customizable reports in the form of spreadsheets
or as PDF files. This enables business users to analyze your process hierarchy offline, and in formats decision
makers and analysts are already familiar with.

For reports in spreadsheet format, you can include up to 50,000 diagrams.

The standard reports that are accessible via the explorer's Reporting dropdown menu cover most business use
cases. If you require a special kind of report that is not provided by the tool, you can ask one of your workspace
administrators to create a custom template.

 Note

Many of the reports access default dictionary categories during the generation process. In case you
suspect that your dictionary configuration causes problems during the generation of a report, take a look at
the section Defining custom categories for dictionary entries.

Process Documentation and Templates

It is possible to export process documentation documents as PDF and Microsoft Word files. Process
documentation documents are comprehensive documents that contain both diagram graphics as well as
relevant diagram attributes, such as description and responsibilities.

As a workspace administrator, you can create individual templates for process documentation reports. A guide
on how to create new templates can be found in the corresponding chapter of this manual. Once created, a
custom template can then be selected during the creation of a process documentation report.

Read more about:

• Generating process documentation reports [page 253]

• Managing and creating process documentation templates

Analysis

SAP Signavio Process Modeler lets you set key performance indicators (KPI) in BPMN 2.0 process diagrams,
which allows detailed process analyses.

Read more about:

• Creating quantitative process analysis reports [page 264]

• Creating process cost analysis reports [page 265]
• Creating resource consumption analysis reports [page 266]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

252 PUBLIC Reports
Furthermore, qualitative reports can be created:

• Generating responsibility handovers matrices [page 256]

• Generating IT system usage matrices [page 258]
• Generating job profile reports [page 259]
• Generating risks management reports [page 259]
• Generating modeling convention reports [page 260]
• Generating document usage matrices [page 261]

Process Model Metric and Process characteristics

A process model metric contains information about the usage of diagram element types and can be created for
any diagram type:

• Generating process model metrics [page 262]

To create a summary of element details that are used in your diagrams, read the following chapter:

• Generating process characteristics reports [page 262]

User and Group Assignment

Workspace administrators can create reports that list for each user the groups the user is a member of:

• Generating user group reports [page 267]

Governance Report

Workspace administrators can access usage data of your workspace with the governance report. For example,
you can see at a glance how many process models have been created.

• Viewing governance reports [page 267]

16.1 Generating Process Documentation Reports

With the process documentation report you can generate a report that includes information about diagrams,
element descriptions and dictionary entries in your organization. The process documentation report comes in
PDF or Microsoft Word format.

 Note

This section describes all options for this function. Which options are available depends on your license and
the settings made by your workspace administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 253
You can generate process documentation reports containing all your diagrams, including all element
descriptions, and dictionary entries.

You can generate process documentation report in a PDF or Microsoft Word format.

Generate a Process Documentation (PDF) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process documentation (PDF) .

The process documentation (PDF) dialog opens.
2. Select the required diagrams.
3. To add a filter, choose Add filter.
The edit filters dialog opens.
4. Select a folder from the drop-down list where you want to search in.
5. Define the rules for the filter query.
6. Confirm with OK.
Diagrams discovered by the filter query are selected for the process documentation (PDF) report.
The Edit filters dialog opens and displays the number of results returned from your filter query.
7. Choose OK.
8. In the Configuration section, select a template for the report from the Template drop-down list.
If there are existing custom process documentation templates, you can use them when creating a process
documentation report. Otherwise, the SAP Signavio template is set by default.
9. Select the required language for the report from the Language drop-down list.
10. Enter information for the Title, Organization, Author, Date, and Version fields.
11. In the Export linked subprocesses section, select which linked subprocesses must be included in the report
from the drop-down list.
The following options are available:
• No linked subprocesses
• Linked subprocesses of all levels
• Linked subprocesses of the first level
12. Choose Generate documentation.

The process documentation report in PDF format generates. Access the report from your browser's downloads
folder.

Generate a Process Documentation (Word) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting > Process documentation (Word).
The process documentation (Word) dialog opens.
2. Select the required diagrams.
3. To add a filter, choose Add filter.
The edit filters dialog opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

254 PUBLIC Reports
 4. Select a folder from the drop-down list where you want to search in.
5. Define the rules for the filter query.
6. Choose OK.
Diagrams discovered by the filter query are selected for the process documentation (Word) report.
The edit filters dialog opens and displays the number of results returned from your filter query.
7. Choose OK.
8. In the Configuration section, select a template for the report from the Templatedrop-down list.
If there are existing custom process documentation templates, you can use them when creating a process
documentation report. Otherwise, the SAP Signavio template is set by default.
9. Select the required language for the report from the Language drop-down list.
10. Enter information for the Title, Organization, Author, Date, and Version fields.
11. In the Export linked subprocesses section, select which linked subprocesses must be included in the report
from the drop-down list.
The following options are available:
• No linked subprocesses
• Linked subprocesses of all levels
• Linked subprocesses of the first level
12. Choose Generate documentation.
The Important information dialog opens.
13. The dialog indicates that the table of contents won't be up-to-date when opening the generated report.
Choose OK and follow the steps described below after the report generation is complete.

The process documentation report in Word format generates. Access the report from your browser's
downloads folder.

Updating the table of contents in Microsoft Word

Follow these steps:

1. Open the process documentation (Word) report.

2. Select the table of contents and choose F9 or right-select each table of contents entry and choose Update
Field.

The table of contents updates with the correct page numbers.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 255
16.2 Responsibility Assignment Matrix / RACI Report

Generate the responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report for your diagrams.

The responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report creates an XLSX file which displays the responsibilities for
activities in the selected BPMN diagrams. Read Responsibility assignment according to RACI [page 84] for
more information.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate the responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting > Responsibility assignment matrix / RACI.
The Responsibility assignment matrix / RACI dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.
5. The responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download
folder.

16.3 Responsibility Handovers Matrix Report

See how to generate the responsibility handovers matrix report.

When different roles or organizations participate on processes, the process flow gets handed over from one
participant to another at defined places. These roles are represented as pools and lanes in BPMN 2.0 process
diagrams. A responsibility handover can be either a sequence or an information flow.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

256 PUBLIC Reports
The Responsibility handovers matrix report creates an Excel file that contains information for each diagram
that is included in the report. The responsibility handovers matrix calculation considers pools, lanes, as well as
links to organizational dictionary entries.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Responsibility handovers matrix .

The Responsibility handovers matrix dialog opens.
2. Select one or more diagrams to include in the report.
3. Select the required language of the report.
4. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
5. Choose Start analysis.
The responsibility handovers matrix report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
6. The responsibility handovers matrix report displays the Responsibility Handovers, Internal Handovers, and
External Handovers for the selected diagrams. Select the required tabs to view the information.

 Note

If custom attributes linking to organizational dictionary entries were defined, they are included in the
calculation.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 257
16.4 IT System Usage Matrix Reports

BPMN 2.0 process diagrams can attach IT systems information to a task. Those IT systems can be tagged as
an 'Input' or an 'Output'.

The IT system usage matrix reports creates an assignment matrix that shows which IT systems data is read
from during an activity, and which IT system data is written to. You can choose whether the assignments refer
to diagrams or roles. The report also includes IT systems that are linked as dictionary entries from a custom
defined attribute.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

Generate the IT System Usage Matrix (by Diagrams) Report

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting > IT system usage matrix (by diagrams).
The IT system usage matrix (by diagrams) dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.

The IT system usage matrix (by diagrams) report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download
folder.

Generate the IT System Usage Matrix (by Roles) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and click Reporting > IT system usage matrix (by roles).
The IT system usage matrix (by roles) dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.

The IT system usage matrix (by roles) report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

258 PUBLIC Reports
  Note

If custom attributes linking to organizational dictionary entries were defined, those will also be included in
the calculation.

16.5 Job Profile Report

You can automatically create job profiles based on your documented process landscape. The Job Profile report
allows you to view all activities that an organizational role is involved in..

In contrast to the diagram-centered RACI report, the Job Profile report creates a role-specific matrix over all
workspace diagrams.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

1. Open the explorer and choose Dictionary.

The dictionary opens in a new tab.
2. Select the required organizational roles and choose Import / Export > Export Job Profile Report.
The Job Profile report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.6 Risk & Controls Report

With the integrated risk management feature, you can define risks and controls directly at any step of a process
within the process model. These risks and controls can be defined and then associated with the corresponding
activities.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

You can use the risk & controls report to view an overview of potential risks and related controls. This report
summarizes all information about the risks and controls in the selected process models.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Risk & controls report .
The Risk & controls report dialog opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 259
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel97)
4. Expand the Show additional attributes in the report option. The following attribute options are available:
• Documentation
• Process target
• Process maturity level
• Process owner
• IOS9000ff relevant
• Responsible

 Note

It isn't possible to include table attributes. You can't select risk management attributes on diagram
level as the report includes them by default.

5. Choose Start analysis.

6. The risk & controls report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.7 Modeling Conventions Report

With the modeling conventions report you can create a report that checks if the selected diagrams are
compliant according to a specified modeling convention..

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Modeling conventions .

The Modeling conventions dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. Choose Add filter to add filters to the report.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

260 PUBLIC Reports
 The Edit filters dialog opens.
4. Specify the folder you want the report to search in for diagrams using the Please choose folder drop-down.
5. Specify the filter conditions. You can configure the Diagram information and Custom diagram attributes
filter conditions.
6. Choose OK.
7. Select a modeling convention from the Modeling conventions section. The following default conventions
are available:
• SAP Signavio Process Governance BPMN 2.0 conventions
• BPMN Method & Style conventions
• SAP Signavio Best Practices for BPMN 2.0

 Note

Custom modeling conventions are also available in the Modeling conventions section. Read Managing
modeling conventions for more information.

8. Choose Start analysis.

The modeling conventions report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.8 Document Usage Matrix Report

Data objects can be attached to an activity in BPMN 2.0 and are indicated as an input or output. The
Documents usage matrix report creates an Excel file for one or multiple diagrams describing the assignment of
documents to tasks. Linked dictionary entries representing a document are also included in the report..

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The Documents usage matrix report displays the documents that are attached to an element as a BPMN
attribute as either 'Input' or 'Output' documents.

 Note

If there are custom attributes defined which link to dictionary entries that represent documents, they are
included in the calculation.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Documents usage matrix .

The Documents usage matrix dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.
5. The Documents usage matrix report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 261
16.9 Process Characteristics with Element Details Report

The Process characteristics with element details report is an Excel file that contains an overview of elements
and attribute values found in the selected diagrams. Attributes without values are not listed in the report..

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The following diagram types can be used in the process characteristics with element details report:

• BPMN 2.0
• DMN 1.1
• Value chain
• Organization chart

This section explains how to generate a process characteristics with element details report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process characteristics with element details .
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Export options to configure which elements and attributes you want to include in the report. The
following options are available:
• Include IDs
• Included elements
• Included attributes
5. Choose Start analysis.

The process characteristics with element details report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download
folder.

16.10 Process Model Metrics Report

With the process model metrics report, you can generate a statistics report for your diagrams..

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The following statistics are included in the report:

• Type

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

262 PUBLIC Reports
 • Number of Elements
• Number of Edges
• Number of Forks
• Operators
• Number of Subprocesses
• Ration of linked subprocesses
• Number of linked Files
• Number of Dictionary Links
• Number of Process Steps without Responsibility Definition
• Number of Responsibility Handovers
• Publishing state
• Last Modification Date (CET)
• Path
• ID
• Revision
• Last saved by
• Date of last publication
• Date of approval expiration
• Approval state of the latest revision
• Approval state of the published revision
• Open in Explorer link. The column contains a link that opens the selected diagram in the Explorer.
• Open in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub Preview. The column contains a link that opens the
selected diagram in the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub Preview.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process model metrics .

The Process model metrics dialog opens up.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.

The process model metrics report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 263
16.11 Creating Quantitative Process Analysis Reports

You can run quantitative analyses of your processes. After setting KPI on diagram elements, you can generate
the process cost analysis and resource consumption analysis reports for BPMN diagrams.

The process cost analysis report assigns process costs to processes and tasks and lists them in cost centers.
Based on the key process indicators set, the report creates a table that shows costs for certain tasks and
named cost centers. Read Process cost analysis report [page 265] for more information.

The resource consumption analysis report allows for the computing of time consumption per task or process.
Read Resource consumption analysis report [page 266] for more information.

Both reports consider the execution probability and frequency before computing the actual resource
consumption or costs.

Related Information

Setting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) [page 87]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

264 PUBLIC Reports
16.12 Process Cost Analysis Report

Process cost analysis reports displays the computed costs that occur in a process. The report displays the
costs, tasks, and cost centers in a table.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate the Process cost analysis report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process cost analysis .

The Process cost analysis dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Next.
The Quantitative analysis dialog opens.
5. Select the report mode. The following report modes are available:
• Process cost analysis: Calculates the process costs (€ per cost center) based on the execution
frequency and costs per activity. You can also select the Use resource consumption attributes for the
calculation (if provided) option.
• Resource consumption analysis: Calculates the resource consumption (hours per resource) based on
the execution frequency and execution time per activity. Read the Resource consumption analysis
report [page 266] for more information.
For the purpose of these steps the Process cost analysis mode is selected.
6. Select the Include subprocesses in calculation option if required.
7. Choose Next.
8. Specify the resource costs. This dialog only appears if you selected the Use resource consumption
attributes for the calculation (if provided) option.
9. Choose Start Calculation.
If there are structural or logical mistakes in the diagrams, the system informs you. If errors occur, the
program asks you to go back to check the diagram in the editor. Choose Open diagram to open the
diagrams in the editor to correct any logical mistakes, structural mistakes, and errors.
10. If there are no errors, the Resource consumption analysis report generates. Choose Please click here to
open the Excel file to download the report. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
This Excel file contains the analysis. The values are based on functions, so changing one value may change
the values in other fields accordingly.
If multiple diagrams were included in the report, each diagram will have its own tab in the Excel file.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 265
16.13 Resource Consumption Analysis Report
A resource consumption analysis report calculates the time consumed for a process or a task. It can help you
find complex and time consuming tasks and plot out the resource consumption of process participants..

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Resource consumption analysis .

The Resource consumption analysis dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Next.
The Quantitative analysis dialog opens.
5. Select the report mode. The following report modes are available:
• Process cost analysis: Calculates the process costs (€ per cost center) based on the execution
frequency and costs per activity. You can also select the Use resource consumption attributes for the
calculation (if provided) option. Read the Process cost analysis report [page 265] for more information.
• Resource consumption analysis: Calculates the resource consumption (hours per resource) based on
the execution frequency and execution time per activity.
For the purpose of these steps the Resource consumption analysis mode is selected.
6. Select the Include subprocesses in calculation option if required.
7. Choose Next.
8. Add further information for the resource calculation. The following options are available:
• Personal allowance time (% of total work time)
• Technical allowance (% of total work time)
• Nominal value of work days / year
• Nominal value of work hours / day
9. Select the Save for future calculation options if you want to use the personal and nominal values in a future
calculation.
10. Choose Start Calculation.
If there are structural or logical mistakes in the diagrams, the system informs you. If errors occur, the
program asks you to go back to check the diagram in the editor. Choose Open diagramto open the
diagrams in the editor to correct any logical mistakes, structural mistakes, and errors.
11. If there are no errors, the Resource consumption analysis report generates. Choose Please click here to
open the Excel file to download the report. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
This Excel file contains the analysis. The values are based on functions, so changing one value may change
the values in other fields accordingly.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

266 PUBLIC Reports
 If multiple diagrams were included in the report, one new tab will be created for each diagram in the Excel
file. An additional Sum tab is created as a front page that shows the data for the processes.

16.14 User/Group Assignment Report

The user/group assignment report generates a list of users and their group memberships in your workspace.
The users and groups displayed in the report are pulled from the users and groups defined in the User
Management .

 Note

To generate a user/group assignment report, you need to be a workspace administrator.

For each user, the report lists all user groups the user is a member of as a direct member. If a user is a member
of group and that group is a member of a group listed in the report they are listed as an indirect member.

• Open the explorer and choose Reporting User/Group assignment .

The user/group assignment report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Related Information

Manage Users and Groups

16.15 Viewing Governance Reports

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

 Note

You need an administrator account to use this function.

The governance report provides an overview of the user activity in your workspace. You can view aggregate
metrics (for example, the number of unpublished diagrams). You can use these metrics to draw conclusions
regarding the success of your process modeling initiative.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Governance report .

The Governance report dialog opens.
2. Each tile displays a different usage metric.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 267
3. Select the required tile to access detailed information.
A new browser tab opens and displays the results list of an advanced search filter corresponding to the
selected usage metric.

The Governance Report's Usage Metrics

 Caution

The aggregates in the governance reports also consider diagrams you don't have permission to access.
Your current access rights are taken into account for the linked search.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

268 PUBLIC Reports
In the overview, the following usage metrics are available:

Data Description

Diagrams The total number of diagrams in your workspace displays in

brackets.

The number of diagrams grouped by publishing state and

type (for example, value chain, and organization chart) is
shown in each corresponding tile.

Comments The total number of existing comments displays in brackets.

The number of comments grouped by commenting state is

shown in each corresponding tile.

Dictionary items The total number of existing dictionary items displays in

brackets.

The number of dictionary items grouped by publishing state

and dictionary category type (for example, events, and re-
quirements) displays in each corresponding tile.

Files The total number of existing files displays in brackets.

The number of file grouped by publishing state and the type

(for example, PDF , and JPG) displays in each corresponding
tile.

SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub The number of Page visits represent a single user opening
any published object (diagram, file, or Dictionary item) in
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Every time some-
one opens one of these items in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub, it's counted as a view and displays in the
report.

Time ranges are based on calendar month and year, start-

ing from the first day of the previous month at 00:00:00
and counting up until the last day of the current month at
23:59:59. Times are based on local server time. On an EU
server, it's in CEST, on an US server it's in EST and on an
Australian server it's in AEST.

Unique users refers to the total amount of visitors to SAP

Signavio Process Collaboration Hub in the given time span.
It only displays once more than 10 users have accessed SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, due to data protection.
If a single user visits SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub several times in the given time span, only their first visit
is reflected in the unique users count.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 269
16.16 Workspace and Process Model Usage Reports

Learn how to view and export reports analyzing your workspace and process model usage with Process Model
Dashboards.

 Note

To access Process Model Dashboards, you need to have workspace administration privileges.

Process Model Dashboards are pre-defined dashboards accessible within SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub. These dashboards use the data from SAP Signavio Process Modeler to provide you with detailed analysis
of your workspace and process model usage.

You can add filters to your data, and export your reports as CSV files.

Learn more in section Process Model Dashboards in the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub user guide.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

270 PUBLIC Reports
17 SAP Signavio Value Accelerators

SAP Signavio Value Accelerators specific for a theme (such as product or industry) may include one or a
combination of the following:

• Best-practice process models

• Business capability and solution maps
• Benchmarks, metrics, and dashboards
• SAP best-practice and product-innovation recommendations
• Thought leadership papers, how-to manuals, and videos
• Connectors, integrations, data transformation templates. and other technical enablers

 Note

Using value accelerators is optional and not part of the business functionality of the products of SAP
Signavio Process Transformation Suite. Value accelerators are subject to change and may be changed,
discontinued, or replaced by SAP at any time for any reason without notice.

You can access value accelerators in the value accelerator library for SAP Signavio solutions.

Related Information

Value Accelerator Library for SAP Signavio Solutions

17.1 Value Accelerator Library for SAP Signavio Solutions

The value accelerator library for SAP Signavio solutions, an embedded platform within SAP Signavio Process
Transformation Suite, functions as a central repository for value accelerators.

With the value accelerator library, you can explore available value accelerators, install them in SAP Signavio
Process Intelligence, SAP Signavio Process Manager, SAP Signavio Process Modeler, or SAP Signavio Journey
Modeler and tailor them as per your needs in your workspace.

 Note

Using value accelerators is optional and not part of the business functionality of the products of SAP
Signavio Process Transformation Suite. Value accelerators are subject to change and may be changed,
discontinued, or replaced by SAP at any time for any reason without notice.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

SAP Signavio Value Accelerators PUBLIC 271
Required Licenses to Access Value Accelerator Library

The library is accessible from within SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. For more information, see
Required Licenses and Authorization.

Related Information

Value Accelerator Library for SAP Signavio Solutions

17.2 Accessing and Deleting Installed Accelerators in SAP

Signavio Process Modeler

Learn how to access the content that was imported from the value accelerator library into SAP Signavio
Process Modeler and how to delete it.

Finding Installed Value Accelerators

1. Log into SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

The Shared documents screen appears with the list of folders.
2. Open a folder.

 Note

By default, the newly created processes are displayed first in the list. The sorting indicator next to the
Last change column name uses the process creation date and time to determine the ascending or
descending order of the list.

3. Select next to the Last change column name to view the processes from oldest to newest.
4. Select next to the Last change column name to view the processes from newest to oldest.

For more information about the explorer, see Explorer Overview.

Deleting Installed Value Accelerators

To delete entities that were installed with a value accelerator in SAP Signavio Process Modeler, you have the
following options:

• Delete a process model or folder

For more information, see Working with Folders and Diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

272 PUBLIC SAP Signavio Value Accelerators
 • Delete dictionary categories
For more information, see Recommendations: Dictionary Content Management.
• Delete dictionary entries
For more information, see Recommendations: Dictionary Content Management and Working with the
Dictionary.
• Delete custom attribute definition
For more information, see Add and Manage Custom Attributes.
• Delete a file (document or picture)
For more information, see Upload Documents and Pictures.
• Delete custom graphics
For more information, see Custom Graphics.

See also SAP Note 3493063

 Note

After you've deleted a value accelerator from your workspace, all entries referring to previous installations
or installation attempts will still be displayed in the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub settings under
Installed Accelerators.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

SAP Signavio Value Accelerators PUBLIC 273
18 Importing

This section discusses how to share diagrams and dictionary entries using import features:

• Import a SAP Signavio archive (SGX) file [page 274]

• Import a BPMN 2.0 XML diagram [page 275]
• Import the APQC Process Classification Framework [page 276]
• Import a ARIS Markup Language (AML) diagram [page 279]
• Import a Microsoft Visio diagram [page 279]
• Upload documents and pictures [page 280]
• Import dictionary entries [page 283]

For export features, read the Exporting [page 286] section.

18.1 Import an SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this feature you can import diagrams that were exported as SAP Signavio archive (SGX) to your
workspace.

The following applies:

• You can add dictionary entries to the dictionary or merge with existing entries. You can also import custom
attributes and modeling language configurations.
• You can only run one import at a time in a workspace. When trying to run an import, all users in a
workspace with the necessary rights can see if an import is in progress.
• There is a 500 MB import file size limit.
• On the History tab of the import dialog, you can view the details of the last 50 imports, for example the
import time, the import status, and which items imported successfully.

Importing a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Import / Export Import SAP Signavio archive (SGX) .
The Import Signavio archives (SGX) dialog opens.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

274 PUBLIC Importing
 2. On the Import tab, choose Choose File and select the archive you want to import.
3. You can customize the import with the following options:

Options Notes

Import contained Files/Pictures If you disable this option, no linked documents and files
are imported.

Import dictionary entries

Overwrite existing dictionary entries with the same title

Import custom attributes and modeling language configu- This option is only available for administrators.
rations

Import custom graphics • This option is only available for administrators.

• If you disable this option, default graphics are used in
the diagrams.

4. Confirm with Import.

The diagrams and folders imports into your workspace.

 Note

Import an SAP Signavio archive (SGX) file containing all the process models of a package that is
published on SAP Signavio Process Explorer, read more in SAP Note 3329491 .

Related Information

Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) [page 290]

18.2 Import a BPMN 2.0 XML Diagram

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

The BPMN 2.0 standard includes an XML notation and enables the platform with independent exchange
of BPMN 2.0 diagrams. To get more information about the BPMN 2.0 specifications, go to https://
[Link] .

You can update your BPMN 2.0 model by importing a new XML file. The import updates each process and
subprocess in your model, and creates a new diagram if a subprocess doesn’t exist.

To import a BPMN 2.0 XML diagram, follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Import / Export Import BPMN 2.0 XML .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 275
 The Import BPMN 2.0 diagrams from .bpmn files dialog opens.
2. Choose Choose File.
3. Select a XML file that complies with the BPMN 2.0 XML standard.
The diagram imports.

Import Errors and Warnings

If the imported file is not standard-compliant, the system displays errors and warnings. Some elements won't
import due to errors in the BPMN 2.0 XML file.

• Errors prevent the diagram from importing.

• Warnings display which diagram elements won't be available after the import. Diagrams with warnings still
import.

Each element requires bpmndi information such as process flow and graphical information.

Elements with no bpmndi information still import but display warnings. For example, if an element doesn’t
contain graphical information during import, the import completes but elements without the graphical
information are excluded from the import.

Opening a diagram with warnings after import can contain missing elements.

Sometimes the import of BPMN 2.0 XML files is impossible due to errors unknown to the system. For example,
the imported file isn't a valid BPMN 2.0 XML. For further assistance, proceed as follows:

Contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me. For more information, see Reporting an Issue in
the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

Related Information

Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) [page 290]

18.3 Import the APQC Process Classification Framework

With this feature, you can import APQC frameworks into your workspace.

 Note

This feature is only available on request.

For more information, you as an S-user can contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me.
For more information, see Reporting an Issue in the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

276 PUBLIC Importing
The Representation of the APQC Framework in SAP Signavio Process
Modeler

The hierarchy structure of the APQC framework is represented by a folder tree in SAP Signavio Process
Modeler.

Once the import is done, every element in the sheet "Combined" is represented in the workspace in different
forms (depending on the hierarchy level of the element):

• level 1 (X.0): a folder and inside of it a value chain with the same name including / linking to all direct child
elements
• level 2 (X.X): a folder and inside of it a value chain including / linking to all direct child elements
• level 3 (X.X.X): depending on whether the hierarchy for this part goes down to level 4 (only one more level
of direct children) or level 5 (two more levels)
• stops at level 4: a BPMN diagram including all direct child elements as activities
• stops at level 5: a folder and inside of it a value chain including / linking to all direct child elements
• level 4 (X.X.X.X): depending on whether the hierarchy for this part goes down to level 4 (no more children)
or level 5 (one more level of child elements)
• stops at level 4: activity elements in a BPMN model (see above)
• stops at level 5: a BPMN diagram including all direct child elements as activities
• level 5 (X.X.X.X.X; optional): activity elements in a BPMN model (see above)
• A single, top-level value chain is created linking to all imported level 1 value chains.

The diagram's Description attribute contains the corresponding APQC glossary term.

If you already have a workspace, proceed as follows:

Contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me. For more information, see Reporting an Issue in
the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

Import Requirements

To import a framework as an Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, the spreadsheet must have a specific structure.
Official APQC files always already have this structure, but custom documents might need adjustments.

The following requirements apply:

• The file needs to include a sheet called Combined which contains the list of folders and diagrams to be
created
• The first three columns of this sheet need to represent the following information in this exact order:
• PCF ID, Hierarchy ID, and Name
• These first three columns need to have non-empty values in all rows to be imported

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 277
Import an APQC Spreadsheet

To import the APQC framework into your workspace, follow these steps:

1. Download the framework as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet from the APQC web site . Modify the
spreadsheet as required.
2. Open the explorer and choose Import/Export Import APQC Excel .
The Import APQC diagram structure from .xls file dialog opens.
3. Choose Choose File and select an APQC framework Excel spreadsheet.
4. Choose Import.

 Note

The framework imports into the folder that is selected in the explorer.

The import can take several minutes.

Now, you are able to use the APQC framework as the beginning of your business process management
initiative in SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

278 PUBLIC Importing
18.4 Importing an ARIS Diagram

Learn how to import diagrams from ARIS Markup Language (AML) into your workspace.

Context

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

This feature is available on request.

The ARIS modeling interface uses AML to create the XML export format compatible with SAP Signavio Process
Modeler. Using AML XML files, you can import the following diagrams types into your workspace:

• Organization chart
• Value chain

Procedure

1. Open the explorer and choose Import /Export Import ARIS markup language .

The Import diagrams from AML file dialog opens.

2. Select Choose File and select the AML XML file you want to import.

 Note

The following restrictions apply for a successful import:

• A single import file does not exceed 30 MB. (Compressed ZIP archives are supported.)
• A single import file contains no more than 100.000 XML entity expansions.
• BPMN models are not supported.

3. Confirm with Import.

18.5 Import a Microsoft Visio Diagram

 Note

This feature is only available on request.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 279
 For more information, you as an S-user can contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me.
For more information, see Reporting an Issue in the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

To import Visio diagrams, follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Import / Export Import Visio .

2. Choose Choose Files and select the Visio files for import.
3. Select the notation the files use.

 Note

The importer supports VDX, VSD, VSDX files, and ZIP archives that contain such file types. Elements
that are not part of the BPMN 2.0 standard are excluded.

4. Choose Import.

The Visio diagrams imports into your workspace.

18.6 Upload Documents and Pictures

You can upload documents and pictures into your SAP Signavio file storage.

These files can be linked to diagrams and, when published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, are
available to team members who have read access.

Limitations

Embedding images that are not accessible to all users can display as broken image links when viewed without
the necessary permissions or log-ins.

We recommend to embed images only as follows:

• As unlisted images (with hidden names and implicit authentication tokens, HTTPS only)
Example URL: [Link]
possibleToken=123nekot321

• As publicly hosted images (without access or authentication restrictions, HTTPS only)

Example URL: [Link]

 Note

When you host images externally, be aware that these image can possibly be accessed by third parties.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

280 PUBLIC Importing
Considerations

If the SAP Signavio file storage is enabled for your workspace, its size and the maximum upload file size are
displayed in the workspace configuration dialog accessible via the top drop-down menu of the Explorer in the
header Setup. To configure those limits according to your requirements, proceed as follows:

Contact SAP Support by creating a support case in SAP for Me. For more information, see Reporting an Issue in
the SAP Signavio Support Guide.

If the file quota is exhausted or the size limit for a single file is exceeded, a warning displays.

In those cases, you can try to upload a smaller version of the file or delete unused pictures or documents from
your file storage. To increase your storage space, please contact your workspace administrator.

Uploading a Document or Picture to the SAP Signavio File Storage

To upload a document or picture file, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, choose Import / Export Upload document/picture .

The Choose or upload a file/picture dialog opens.
2. Choose Choose File to search for the file you want to upload.

 Note

• Take note that there must be enough free space left in your file storage to upload the whole file.
The total space for file storage is 10 GB.
• Make sure not to exceed the maximum single file size.
The maximum single file size is 32 MB.
• These file size limits cannot be adjusted.

3. Choose Save to and select Choose a different folder.

Select a folder in your workspace. After selecting the new target folder, click OK.
4. Confirm with Save.

The document or picture is uploaded into your workspace.

Editing a File Name

To edit the name and description of a file after upload, follow these steps:

1. Choose Edit Change name/description .

The Change name/description dialog opens.
2. Add a new file name and description. Choose Change name/description.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 281
Updating a Document or Picture

You can update a file in the SAP Signavio file storage by uploading a newer version of the file. Each link to this
file opens the updated version as well.

To update a picture or document, follow these steps:

1. Select a picture or document.

2. Choose Import / Export Update picture or Update document.
The Update picture or Update document dialog opens.
3. Choose a file, then select a folder from the drop-down menu.
4. Select a recent folder or a different folder.
5. Select a folder in your workspace. After selecting the new target folder, choose OK.
6. Confirm with Save.

The file is updated.

Deleting Documents and Pictures

To delete a document or picture, follow these steps:

1. In the main area of the explorer, select the document or picture to be removed. To select multiple files, keep
Ctrl pressed while selecting, or drag a selection frame around them.
2. In the menu bar, select Edit Delete , and confirm the deletion.

 Note

The selected files are moved only in the explorer trash, from which you can restore them if necessary.
Files will be permanently deleted after you empty the trash.

3. To delete files permanently, select the Trash folder in the folder navigation.
4. Select the files you want to delete permanently.
5. In the menu bar, select Remove.
6. Confirm by selecting Yes. The selected items are permanently deleted.

Downloading Documents and Pictures

To download a document or picture, follow these steps:

1. Select the document or picture in the explorer.

2. Choose Import / Export Download document or Download picture.
3. The document or picture is downloaded and saved in the browsers download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

282 PUBLIC Importing
Supported File Types

You can upload the following file types:

• doc
• docx
• ppt
• pptx
• xls
• xlsx
• odt
• ogg
• zip
• rar
• pdf
• audio/mpeg
• audio/ogg
• image/gif
• image/apng
• image/flif
• image/webp
• image/x-mng
• image/jpeg
• image/png
• multipart/form-data
• text/css
• text/csv
• text/php
• text/plain
• text/xml

18.7 Import Dictionary Entries

You can import dictionary entries from Microsoft Excel files (XLS or XLSX) to add multiple entries at once or to
update existing entries. The import can't be used to delete existing entries from the dictionary.

In a workspace, it's not possible to perform multiple imports simultaneously. If you start an import while
another user is running one, the import tool shows a message and you have to wait until the other import is
finished.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 283
  Note

The import is limited to 500 records per Excel spreadsheet. Importing a file with more than 500 records,
causes the import to fail. If you need to import more than 500 entries, you can distribute the data over
multiple sheets in one file or split up the data to create multiple files.

Below is an example of an Excel file that contains dictionary entries:

For the Excel file structure, the following applies:

Spreadsheet A spreadsheet can contain entries for only one category of

the dictionary, no matter if main or subcategory. This means
that for each dictionary category, you must import the en-
tries individually.

If a file has multiple spreadsheets, all of them need at least a

header column.

Column header The column header contains the dictionary attributes. You
can choose any names for the headers. During the import
process, you map the columns to the dictionary attributes.

If your dictionary entries are multilingual, we recommend

adding language codes to all column headers as language
codes make the mapping easier for you.

The import tool interprets the first row with text as the
header.

You must start your dictionary file with the first column and
fill in at least three columns. If you fill fewer columns with a
header or have empty columns in between, the import fails.

Rows Rows contain the actual dictionary entries and the informa-
tion you want to add, for example descriptions or statuses.

You can either create such a file or you export available dictionary entries and use the export file as a template.
Read more about exporting dictionary entries in the section Export dictionary entries [page 286].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

284 PUBLIC Importing
To import dictionary entries, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, choose Dictionary.

2. Choose Import / Export Import Excel .
The Import Excel dialog opens.
3. Choose Choose File.
4. Select the file you want to import from the file selection dialog and choose Open.
5. Choose Import.
The import mapping dialog opens.
6. In the first section, select an import mode:
• Update existing entries only, ignore other rows
• Create new entries for all rows
• Update existing entries and create new ones
7. In the second section, select the spreadsheet you want to import and the dictionary category.
8. In the third section, which is active when updating entries, map the Excel column and the dictionary entry
attribute, which are used to identify existing entries.
9. In the fourth section, map the file headers with the dictionary attributes.
10. Choose Import.
When all entries are imported, you're prompted with a summary including a download link to the imported
Excel file, which additionally contains the import details. Open this file to verify the changes made by the
import. Once you've closed this prompt, the import of dictionary entries completes.

 Note

More troubleshooting information in SAP note 3240904

Related Information

Export Dictionary Entries [page 286]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 285
19 Exporting

List of all export functions, for diagrams (export as PDF, export as image, export as SAP Signavio archive(SGX),
export as XML) and for dictionary entries.

In this section, it is described how to share diagrams and dictionary entries using the export functions:

• Export dictionary entries [page 286]

• Export a diagram as PDF [page 287]
• Export a diagram as an image [page 289]
• Export a diagram as a SAP Signavio archive (SGX) [page 290]
• Export a BPMN diagram as XML [page 291]
• Export a diagram as XML [page 292]
• Export a DMN diagram as XML [page 292]
• Exporting DMN diagrams as drools rules [page 294]
• Exporting diagrams to Red Hat Decision Manager projects on GitHub

For the import functions, read more in section Importing [page 274].

19.1 Export Dictionary Entries

How to export all dictionary entries or a specific entry set from the dictionary to an Excel file.

You can export dictionary entries to an Excel file, for example to print them, for offline review, or for further
processing in third-party systems.

If you want to import dictionary entries from an Excel file to your workspace, read more in section Import
dictionary entries [page 283].

Partial Export

To export specific dictionary entries, follow these steps:

1. Before you start the export, select the entries you want to export in the dictionary
You can export the following entry sets:
• All entries in a category.
• All entries in a category that begin with a specific letter.
• All entries that are returned by a search.
2. Choose Import / Export Export Excel .
3. Select an export option. It depends on your previous selection which option is available:
• Export the entire dictionary

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

286 PUBLIC Exporting
 • Export entries with the selected initial in the current category
• Export the current category
This option is selected by default.
• Export the current search result
4. If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the export.
For each language, you must run an individual export.
5. Choose Export Excel.
The dictionary entries are exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Completing Export

 Note

In one Excel export you can export 300.000 dictionary items. If your complete dictionary contains more
than 300.000 entries, we recommend to split the export by exporting entries per dictionary category.

To export the entire dictionary, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, open the dictionary.

2. Choose Import / Export Export Excel .
3. Select the option Export the entire dictionary.
4. If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the export.
For each language, you must run an individual export.
5. Choose Export Excel.
The dictionary entries are exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

19.2 Export a Diagram as PDF

How to export one or more diagrams and folders as PDF to share with colleagues or keep track of the current
status.

With this function, you can export a diagram as a PDF file from the explorer.

You can either select a single diagram for export, or a folder. When selecting a folder, all diagrams contained are
combined into one PDF document.

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram or the folder you want to export.
You can change your selection via the export options described below.
2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export PDF .
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Configure the export. Read more in section Export options [page 288].
4. If you want to save your export configuration as default for your workspace, enable Save as defaults at the
bottom of the dialog.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 287
  Note

• You need an administrator account to have this option available.

• The export configuration is only saved when you export a PDF. If you cancel the export, your
settings aren't saved.

5. Choose Export.
The PDF is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

To export a diagram as PDF from the editor, use the print function in the toolbar. Read more in section Editor
toolbar and keyboard shortcuts [page 37].

Export options

In the General section, the following options are available:

• Language
If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the diagram you want to export.
• Print in black and white
Specify whether to print the diagram in color or black and white.
• Show additional information
Enable this option if you want to add printing attributes to the PDF document, for example the author,
creation date, or page number. You can also add diagram attributes.
The preview area shows how many attributes you can add and where they are positioned.
To add diagram attributes, choose Own attribute and select up to 3 diagram attributes for each attribute
position.
• Paper size
Select a paper size for your PDF. The default is set to the international standard size A4.
• Stretch small diagrams to whole page
Specify whether small diagrams are enlarged to fit the full page.

In the Logo section, the following options are available:

• Logo
Add a custom logo. You can upload a new file or choose an image that already exists in your workspace.
The maximum size for a logo file is 5 MB.
• Use original size
Specify whether to use the original size of the image file.

In the Orientation section, the following options are available:

• Landscape or Portrait
For the PDF pages, select landscape orientation or portrait orientation.
• Diagram rotation
Specify whether the diagram rotation is managed automatically or not.
With Automatic, the internal diagram rotation is used.
With Always, the diagram rotation you choose below is used.
With Never, the diagram isn't rotated.
• Diagram orientation

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

288 PUBLIC Exporting
 If you've selected Always for the diagram rotation above, select whether to rotate the diagram clockwise or
counterclockwise.

In the Distribution section, the following options are available:

• Single page or Multiple pages

Specify whether to have the diagram fitted to one page or, if necessary distributed over several pages.
For printing on multiple pages, the diagram size and width will be automatically adjusted to the paper size.

In the Attribute visualization section, the following options are available:

• Rule sets
Select which attributes should be visible.

• Risks and controls

Specify whether to show the configured attributes for risks and controls.
• Show attachment icon
Specify whether to mark attachments by adding a paper clip icon.

In the Selected diagrams section, the following option is available:

• Choose Configure to add diagrams to your export or remove them.

• If different views exist for the diagram, click Select a view to select the view you want to export. By default,
the original view is selected.

19.3 Export a Diagram as an Image

How to export a diagram as an image in PNG or SVG format to share it with colleagues or embed it in
documents.

In the explorer, there are two export functions that transform diagrams into images: The PNG export creates
pixel graphics, the SVG export creates vector graphics.

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export PNG (pixel graphics) or Export SVG (vector graphics).
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Configure the export. Read more in section Export options [page 290].
4. Choose Export.
The image is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

If you want to embed the image of a diagram in web pages, which means the image updates automatically with
each change on the diagram, read more in section Embed a diagram as an image [page 314].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 289
Export options

In the export configuration dialog, the following options are available:

• Language
If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the diagram you want to export.
• If different views exist for the diagram, select the view you want to export. By default, the original view is
selected.

19.4 Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX)

How to export diagrams and folders to a SAP Signavio archive file, in SGX format, to exchange diagrams
between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export one or more diagrams as a SAP Signavio archive from the explorer.

SAP Signavio archives, these are SGX files, allow you to exchange diagrams and folders between workspaces.
SGX is a SAP Signavio-specific file format, which can't be used by third-party systems.

We recommend to use the SGX export only to exchange diagrams between different workspaces. If users
are registered in the same workspace, use the shared documents folder and collaboration functions to work
together on diagrams. Read more in Working with folders and diagrams [page 25] and Collaboration [page
231].

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram or folder you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export SAP Signavio archive (SGX) .
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Select more diagrams or folders if you want.
4. Specify whether to export the latest or all revisions of diagrams with Export only the latest revision of each
diagram.
5. Choose Export.
Your selection is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

290 PUBLIC Exporting
19.5 Export a BPMN Diagram as XML

How to export a BPMN 2.0 diagram as an XML file to exchange it between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export a BPMN 2.0 diagram as an XML file from the explorer.

The BPMN 2.0 standard includes an XML notation which enables the platform-independent exchange of BPMN
2.0 diagrams. For more information about this XML standard or the BPMN 2.0 specifications, go to https://
[Link] .

You can export the following diagram types to BPMN 2.0 XML:

• business process diagrams (BPMN 2.0)

• conversation diagrams (BPMN 2.0)
• choreography diagrams (BPMN 2.0)

If you want to export diagrams of other modeling notations, use the XML export as described in section Export
a diagram as XML [page 292].

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export BPMN 2.0 XML .
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Configure the export. Read more in section Export options [page 291].
4. Choose Export.
The XML file is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Export options

In the export configuration dialog, the following options are available:

• Language
The language selected here is the language displayed as the default, all translations of standard attributes
are exported.
• Include linked subprocesses
Specify whether to also export linked subprocesses. If the same diagram is linked multiple times in a
diagram, the export file contains this diagram multiple times.
• If different views exist for the diagram, select the view you want to export. By default, the original view is
selected.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 291
  Remember

Translations of custom attributes are not exported. For translations of existing models and dictionary items
we recommend importing and exporting PO files instead, as described here Translate Content with PO Files
[page 297].

19.6 Export a Diagram as XML

How to export a diagram to an XML file to exchange it between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export a diagram as an XML file from the explorer, for example for further
processing in third-party systems.

 Note

Use this export for diagrams of any modeling notation, except for BPMN 2.0 diagrams. If you want to export
BPMN 2.0 diagrams, use the BPMN 2.0 XML export as described in section Export a BPMN diagram as
XML [page 291].

The SAP Signavio-specific XML format produced by this export is a special form of RDF, the Resource
Description Framework which is used for conceptual description or modeling of information that is
implemented in web resources. You can use XML transformation tools to generate other XML formats from
the export file.

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export XML .
The diagram is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

19.7 Export a DMN Diagram as XML

How to export a DMN 1.2 diagram as an XML file to exchange it between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export a DMN 1.2 diagram as an XML file from the explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

292 PUBLIC Exporting
The DMN 1.2 standard includes an XML notation. This notation enables the platform-independent exchange
of DMN 1.2 diagrams. For more information about this XML standard or the DMN 1.2 specifications, go to
[Link] .

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export DMN 1.2 XML .
The export file is created and prepared for download.
3. To download the export file, select the link Click here to download the XML file.
The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
The file extension of the exported diagram is DMN.
4. Confirm with OK.
The export is complete.

Permitted element names

Names of all elements in the exported file, like decisions, inputs, or input items, can only contain alphanumeric
characters (a-z, 0-9).

Other characters are automatically removed, for example underscores (_) and dashes (-).

If the removal of characters would create a duplicate name, a number is appended to the new name.

Customize the export

If dictionary entries are used as data input objects, you can add export names. This way, you can provide
domain-specific vocabulary when executing the exported XML file.

• To add an export name, specify a technical name for the dictionary entry.

The field Technical name is not available by default in the dictionary. An administrator must enable the use for
data modeling for the respective dictionary category. Read more in section Managing input and output data for
DMN Data Input elements.

The technical name is only used when exporting a DMN diagram as XML. In SAP Signavio Process Modeler and
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, the standard dictionary name is always used.

The rules for permitted element names also apply to the Technical name.

Related Information

Export DMN Diagrams as Drools Rules [page 294]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 293
19.8 Export DMN Diagrams as Drools Rules

How to export DMN diagrams as Drools (DRL files)

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler enables you to model decision logic with the easy-to-use editor and to
subsequently export DMN diagrams as DRL files to transfer them into the open source business rules
management solution Drools ([Link] ). Thus, you can easily transfer DMN diagrams into
automated business logic.

You can either export multiple diagrams, one diagram, or just one decision table and its sub-decisions. The
Drools export supports four different export types: Production, Development, Test, and Cases. In contrast to
Production, Development adds additional comments and logging behavior.

You can select which diagram revision to export.

Permissions for the Drools export can be limited to users of specific user groups.

To export decision logic to Drools, open the Explorer. Select one or multiple diagrams and go to Import/Export,
then Export Drools.

Now you can adjust your selection and set the following export properties:

• Export revision
You can choose whether to export the latest revision of the diagram that has been saved in the Editor or the
latest revision that was published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.
• Export mode
• The option Production mode exports the decision logic to drools. It does not include comprehensive
comments, support for detailed logging, and test cases.
• Development mode provides additional comments and logging behavior.
• Development mode + test cases provides additional test cases in the form of .csv files (one .csv file for
each top level decision). The .csv files contain all combinations of all relevant sub-decisions.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

294 PUBLIC Exporting
 In the export dialog, you can configure the export options in detail.

Choose Export to trigger the export process.

Alternatively, you can export a decision table and its sub-decisions directly from the Editor.

In the Editor, open a decision table and choose Import/Export in the top-right corner of the dialog. There you
can chose between generating the Drools export or the test cases (as described above):

Click 'Import/Export' in the decision table dialog.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 295
Before starting the export, you can choose whether to include related sub-decisions (if applicable):

Choose if you want to include related sub-decisions.

As soon as the files are generated, you can download them in you browser:

Customize the Export

If dictionary entries are used as data input objects and data definitions, you can add information to export.

For that, an administrator must enable the use for data modeling for the respective dictionary category. Then,
the configuration dialog for dictionary entries has two fields more to specify the information:

• Technical name
• Class name

 Note

If both names are set in one dictionary entry, only the class name is exported.

Both names are only used when exporting a DMN diagram as Drools rules. In SAP Signavio Process Modeler
and SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, the standard dictionary name is always used.

Read how to enable the fields in section Managing input and output data for DMN Data Input elements.

Add Export Names to Data Input Objects

For dictionary entries that are used as data input objects, you can add export names. This way, you can provide
domain-specific vocabulary when executing the exported DRL file.

• To add an export name, specify a technical name for the dictionary entry.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

296 PUBLIC Exporting
Add Java Source References to Data Definitions

For dictionary entries that are used as data definitions, you can reference existing java sources. This way, you
can integrate exported DMN Drools rules into existing execution environments.

• To add a reference, specify a class name for the dictionary entry, for example
[Link]. The exported DRL file then contains an import
statement, for example import [Link].

19.9 Translate Content with PO Files

Export user-created content in your workspace, send it to translators and import the translated files.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license.

You can translate user-created content into all languages that are activated in your workspace.

You can translate content directly, as described in section Translating diagrams [page 246]. You can also export
the content to be translated outside of SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

The following content can be exported for translating:

• regular and custom attributes of the following types:

• single-line text
• multi-line text
• diagram elements
• linked dictionary entries
• diagram names
• folder names

Not included in the export:

• names of multi-language custom attributes (their values are included)

• text formatting (the text itself is exported)
• nested links

The source language for all translations is always the default language of the workspace.

You export the content and send it to translators. To make the translation available in your workspace, you
import the translated files.

Exported Files

The files are exported as a ZIP archive.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 297
The ZIP archive contains the following files:

Type Number Content Created Action

CSV 1 The file [Link] Always No action necessary

lists all exported items.

POT 1 The file [Link] Always This file can be used as

contains all translat-
a source file for all lan-
able strings in the
guages.
default workspace lan-
guage and their loca- • Use this file
tion in the content. for languages for
It doesn't contain any
which no PO file is
translations.
created.
• For the import,
save every lan-
guage as a sepa-
rate PO file.

PO 1 per language Is created for a lan- A PO file shows the ex-

The content of a PO
guage if isting translations for
file is language-spe-
the language specified.
cific. • translations are
already available We recommend to al-
Each PO file contains
ways use the POT file
the translatable strings or
as the source file for
and the translations al- • the export in- translations.
ready available for the cludes attributes
language. with default values
There's no PO file for
the default workspace
language, as its strings
are already included in
the POT file.

Ensure that the original file names and the folder structure are maintained during translation.

Export Content for Translation

 Note

• You can export up to 100 diagrams.

• You can't update content in the default language of your workspace by changing PO files.
• The source language for all translations is always the default language of the workspace.

Follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, open Import/Export Export Diagram Translations .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

298 PUBLIC Exporting
 2. Select the diagrams and folders to be translated.
3. To include linked dictionary entries, enable Include directly linked Dictionary items.
4. Choose Export.
The selected content is downloaded as a ZIP archive. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Import Translated Content

 Note

• Existing translations are overwritten by a new import.

• You can't update content in the default language of your workspace by changing PO files.
• A maximum of 100 diagrams can be updated in one import. If more that 100 diagrams would be
affected, the import fails. In that case, split the PO files into several smaller files.

Once the PO files are translated, you can import them to SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

Follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, open Import/Export Import Diagram Translations .

2. Select Choose file.
3. In the dialog, select one translated PO file per language and choose Import.
The PO files are uploaded. The content is available for all languages that are activated for the workspace.

For each target language, you've can upload one translated PO file at a time. If you've more than one file for a
language, repeat the import. You can't upload PO files for the default language of the workspace.

Related Information

Translating Diagrams [page 246]

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 299
20 Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM

This section explain how you can manually or automatically synchronize the latest available revision of
Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN) diagrams from SAP Signavio Process Modeler to SAP Cloud
ALM.

Select the links below to learn more about each topic.

Manually Syncing BPMN Diagrams to SAP Cloud ALM [page 300]

Learn how to manually synchronize the latest available revision of Business Process Modeling and
Notation (BPMN) diagrams from the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite to SAP Cloud ALM.

Enabling Automatic Syncing to SAP Cloud ALM [page 303]

Sync diagrams from SAP Signavio to SAP Cloud ALM upon approval in SAP Signavio Process
Governance.

BPMN Objects Supported for Synchronization [page 305]

Check the following tables for all BPMN elements created in the SAP Signavio Process Transformation
Suite. Unless specifically noted, the BPMN elements are supported 1:1 when synchronizing to SAP
Cloud ALM.

Navigating between Synchronized Diagrams [page 309]

Learn how to switch from your diagram view in SAP Signavio to the synchronized diagram in SAP Cloud
ALM and vice versa.

Viewing the Log for Diagrams Synced to SAP Cloud ALM [page 310]
View the synchronization log for diagrams synced to SAP Cloud ALM to monitor and troubleshoot the
sync process.

20.1 Manually Syncing BPMN Diagrams to SAP Cloud ALM

Learn how to manually synchronize the latest available revision of Business Process Modeling and Notation
(BPMN) diagrams from the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite to SAP Cloud ALM.

Prerequisites

• You subscribed to SAP Connectivity Platform and added SAP Cloud ALM under Integrations, as described
in SAP Cloud ALM for Implementation.
• You've checked that your SAP Cloud ALM and SAP Signavio tenants are already provisioned in SAP for
Me .
• To be able to edit diagrams and create new revisions, your workspace administrator activated the feature
set SAP Signavio Process Manager - create and edit BPMN processes for your user, as described in
Activating Feature Sets.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

300 PUBLIC Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM
 • To be able to sync diagram revisions, your workspace administrator activated the feature set General -
Diagram Import/Export for your user, as described in Activating Feature Sets.
• You have an Enterprise Plus license assigned to your user.

Context

The SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite is integrated with SAP Cloud ALM to enhance solution
documentation and process design capabilities across connected systems. Access your BPMN diagram from
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. You can make edits and keep your diagrams in sync when you export
diagram revisions from the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite to SAP Cloud ALM.

Procedure

1. From the header area of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose (User Profile Menu - your
initials).

2. Select View Preview .

The Preview banner opens to confirm that you're working in preview mode.

 Example

3. Navigate to and open your BPMN diagram's folder.

A table displays a selectable list of any diagrams previously saved in the folder.
4. From the table, find your diagram's row, choose  More, and select Sync with SAP Cloud ALM.
Alternatively, select your diagram's name to open the diagram and sync it with SAP Cloud ALM.

 Caution

The Sync with Cloud ALM menu option is available only under the following conditions:

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM PUBLIC 301
 • The feature set General - Diagram Import/Export is active for your user.
• You're working in Preview mode.
• Your SAP Cloud ALM and SAP Signavio tenants are already provisioned in SAP for Me .

5. Choose Confirm and sync.

Results

Scenario Details

The synchronization is in progress A dialog appears indicating that the synchronization is in

progress. If you refresh the page, the badge  SAP Cloud
ALM appears on top of the diagram. Select the badge to get
more details about the synchronization status.

The synchronization can take up to two minutes.

The synchronization is successful Once synchronization is complete, a confirmation message

appears with a link for navigating to the synced diagram in
SAP Cloud ALM.

Once you refresh the page, you see the badge  SAP Cloud
ALM on top of the diagram. Select the badge to navigate to
the diagram in SAP Cloud ALM.

 Note
If you receive an error message instead of a confirma-
tion message, or if you run into other synchronization is-
sues, see troubleshooting help in SAP Note 3538316 .

For more information, see Reporting an Issue in the SAP

Signavio Support Guide.

The synchronization fails You see the badge  SAP Cloud ALM on top of the diagram.
Select the badge to view the reason for failure.

 Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

302 PUBLIC Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM
Next Steps

(Optional) If you want to undo the sync or change the synchronized diagram in SAP Cloud ALM, edit the
synchronized diagram in SAP Signavio Process Modeler, then sync the new revision with SAP Cloud ALM.

Related Information

SAP Cloud ALM - Application Help

SAP Cloud ALM for Implementation
SAP Note 3538316
SAP Note 3554476
BPMN Objects Supported for Synchronization [page 305]
Navigating between Synchronized Diagrams [page 309]

20.2 Enabling Automatic Syncing to SAP Cloud ALM

Sync diagrams from SAP Signavio to SAP Cloud ALM upon approval in SAP Signavio Process Governance.

Prerequisites

• You have licenses for both SAP Signavio Process Modeler and SAP Signavio Process Governance.
• Automatic synchronization is already enabled by the workspace administrator in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub. For more information, see SAP Cloud ALM Synchronization.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM PUBLIC 303
Submit Diagrams for Approval

To automatically sync diagrams to SAP Cloud ALM, you need to send them for approval first. Once the
diagrams are approved in SAP Signavio Process Governance, the synchronization begins automatically.

To submit diagrams for approval, follow these steps:

1. From the header area of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose User Profile Menu - your initials.
2. Select View Preview .
3. Choose Shared folders from the sidebar. From here, you can either:

• Sync a single diagram: Open the diagram, choose (More options) and select Submit for approval.

• Sync multiple diagrams: Select the diagrams from the table, choose (More options) and select
Submit for approval.

 Note

Since only the latest diagram revision can be synchronized to SAP Cloud ALM, submit only the latest
revision of the diagram for approval.

4. Choose the SAP-recommended standard workflow, called Approval with Sync to SAP Cloud ALM and select
Confirm.
A new approval case is created in SAP Signavio Process Governance.

Submit a diagram for approval in SAP Signavio Process Modeler

You can also directly submit a process diagram for approval from SAP Signavio Process Modeler. To learn
more, see Start an approval workflow.

 Note

We recommend against publishing a diagram that you've submitted for approval. The diagram can only be
published after it has been synchronized and implemented in SAP Cloud ALM.

Approval Process in SAP Signavio Process Governance

 Note

The model approver can access the approval task either from Tasks in the sidebar of SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub or directly from the task inbox in SAP Signavio Process Governance.

To learn how you or other assigned users can work as recipients of an approval workflow task, see Work on
approval tasks assigned to you [page 244].

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

304 PUBLIC Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM
Results after Process Model Approval

Scenario Details

The synchronization is in progress While the approval process begins, you see a badge stating
Approval: In progress on top of the diagram. Select the badge
to get more details about the status.

The synchronization is successful In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub you see a badge
on top of the diagram stating Approval: Approved. This
badge means that the sync has started.

Once the syncing is complete, the badge  SAP Cloud ALM

appears on top of the diagram. Select the badge to navigate
to the diagram in SAP Cloud ALM.

The synchronization fails but the process model is approved In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, you still see a
badge on top the diagram stating Approval: Approved, which
means the sync has started. If syncing fails for some reason,
you see another badge that's titled Sync failed. Select the
badge to view the reason for the synchronization failure.

The process model is rejected In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, you see a badge
on top the diagram stating Approval: Rejected. You can con-
tact the model approver for further clarification.

Related Information

External Activities - Sync to SAP Cloud ALM

20.3 BPMN Objects Supported for Synchronization

Check the following tables for all BPMN elements created in the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite.
Unless specifically noted, the BPMN elements are supported 1:1 when synchronizing to SAP Cloud ALM.

Activities / Gateways / Connecting Objects

Activities Gateways Connecting Objects

(Exclusive (XOR) Gateway) (Sequence Flow)

(Task)

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM PUBLIC 305
Activities Gateways Connecting Objects

(Collapsed Subprocess) (Parallel Gateway) (Association (undirected) )

(Event Subprocess) (Event-based Gateway) (Association (unidirectional))

(Collapsed Event-Subprocess) (Inclusive Gateway) (Message Flow)

(Expanded Subprocess) (Complex Gateway) (Association (bidirectional))

Swimlanes / Data Objects / Artifacts

Swimlanes Data Objects Artifacts

(Pool)
(Data Object) (IT System)

 Note
When synced to SAP Cloud ALM,
IT System is received as Text
Annotation.

(Collapsed Pool)
(Data Store) (Group)

 Note
Synchronization of Group from
the SAP Signavio Process
Transformation Suite to SAP Cloud
ALM is currently not supported.

(Additional Participant) (Message)

(Text Annotation)

 Note  Note
When synced to SAP Cloud ALM, Synchronization of Message from
Additional Participant is received as the SAP Signavio Process
Text Annotation. Transformation Suite to SAP Cloud
ALM is currently not supported.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

306 PUBLIC Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM
Catching / Throwing Intermediate Events

Catching Intermediate Events Throwing Intermediate Events

(Intermediate Parallel Multiple Event) (Intermediate Escalation Event)

(Intermediate Escalation Event) (Intermediate Event)

(Intermediate Message Event) (Intermediate Message Event)

(Intermediate Timer Event) (Intermediate Compensation Event)

(Intermediate Error Event) (Intermediate Signal Event)

(Intermediate Cancel Event) (Intermediate Multiple Event)

(Intermediate Compensation Event) (Intermediate Link Event)

(Intermediate Conditional Event)

(Intermediate Signal Event)

(Intermediate Multiple Event)

(Intermediate Link Event)

Start / End Events

Start Event End Event

(Start Event) (End Event)

(Start Message Event) (End Escalation Event)

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM PUBLIC 307
Start Event End Event

(Start Timer Event) (End Message Event)

(Start Error Event) (End Error Event)

(Start Compensation Event) (Cancel End Event)

(Start Parallel Multiple Event) (End Compensation Event)

(Start Escalation Event) (End Signal Event)

(Start Conditional Event) (End Multiple Event)

(Start Signal Event) (Terminate End Event)

(Start Multiple Event)

Exceptions: BPMN Elements Not Supported for Synchronization

The following BPMN elements created in the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite editor do not have
equivalents in SAP Cloud ALM. As a result, the elements are not directly synced with SAP Cloud ALM:

BPMN Element Substitution

No substitute available.

(Group)

Received as Text Annotation in SAP Cloud ALM.

(Additional Participant)

Received as Text Annotation in SAP Cloud ALM.

(IT System)

No substitute available.
(Message)

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

308 PUBLIC Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM
  Example

Related Information

SAP Signavio Business Process Model and Notation: An Introductory Guide

20.4 Navigating between Synchronized Diagrams

Learn how to switch from your diagram view in SAP Signavio to the synchronized diagram in SAP Cloud ALM
and vice versa.

Prerequisites

You synchronized a diagram from the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite to SAP Cloud ALM as
described in Manually Syncing BPMN Diagrams to SAP Cloud ALM [page 300].

Context

After successful synchronization, the diagram page in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub displays a label
in the header area that links to SAP Cloud ALM. Select the label to view the synced diagram in SAP Cloud ALM.

 Example

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM PUBLIC 309
For SAP Cloud ALM SAP Signavio navigation, follow the procedure below.

Procedure

1. From your diagram display page in SAP Cloud ALM, select the General Information tab.
2. Under the Accelerators heading, select: Open diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

 Note

Navigating to a synchronized diagram page opens a second window, but does not close the first
diagram window.

Related Information

SAP Note 3554378

20.5 Viewing the Log for Diagrams Synced to SAP Cloud

ALM

View the synchronization log for diagrams synced to SAP Cloud ALM to monitor and troubleshoot the sync
process.

Prerequisites

You've started a synchronization process for a diagram as described in Manually Syncing BPMN Diagrams to
SAP Cloud ALM [page 300].

Context

After you sync your BPMN diagram to SAP Cloud ALM, you can use the synchronization log to do the following:

• View the status of the synchronization.

• Access the diagram directly from SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.
• If the sync fails, view the error message to troubleshoot the issue.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

310 PUBLIC Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM
  Note

The Synchronization Log tab is only available if your SAP Cloud ALM and SAP Signavio tenants are already
provisioned in SAP for Me . For more information, see Connecting an SAP Signavio Workspace to SAP
Cloud ALM.

Procedure

1. In the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub sidebar, select Reports & Documentation.
2. Select the Synchronization Log tab.
3. Review the table that contains detailed synchronization information, including:
a. Links to the diagrams

 Note

Select the diagram name to open the diagram page in a second window.

b. Sync status
c. The date and time of syncing
d. The source and type of the sync
e. A description containing the error message (in the case of sync failure)

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Synchronization with SAP Cloud ALM PUBLIC 311
21 Publishing Diagrams to External Systems

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

You can publish single diagrams to any intranet or Internet website using the embedding feature. This chapter
describes how to embed a diagram into a blog post or web page.

The embedding functionality of the Explorer

You can embed diagrams in other systems that SAP Signavio Process Modeler supports.

21.1 Enabling Diagram Embedding

 Note

You need the access right Publish to embed a diagram. Access rights are set by your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

312 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
Since you cannot publish a model yourself, you also cannot activate the embedding.

If you want to share diagrams publicly, enable diagram embedding.

To enable diagram embedding, proceed as follows:

1. Select the diagram you want to embed in the Explorer.

2. Select Share > Embed diagram. The Embed diagram dialog opens.
3. If you haven't already, enable embedding by clicking Share diagram for read-only access. The read-access
for this diagram is activated.

You have now the following options to embed the diagram:

• as an interactive element (embedding)

• as a simple image

To embed a diagram in an external system, you have to explicitly allow the embedding. This can be reverted
later on - in this case, all existing integrations of SAP Signavio diagrams will be deactivated.

Diagrams can be published on web pages by embedding them with HTML.

Several use cases for embedding are listed and explained in the following chapters.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 313
Disabling diagram embedding

Embeddings of diagrams can be disabled at any time by withdrawing read access for these diagrams. This can
also be set in the Embed diagram dialog. Select the link Stop sharing the diagram for read-only access :

Revoking read access disables all embeddings.

Via this link all embeddings become inactive, so that your diagram are no longer viewed on pages which
previously have linked such a link.

21.2 Embed a Diagram as an Image

How to embed a diagram as an image in web pages, whereby the image is automatically updated whenever the
diagram is changed.

You can embed diagrams as images in web pages and this way share the diagrams with users outside your
workspace. Users can see the diagram image, but can't edit or comment on it.

Follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to embed.

2. In the toolbar, choose Share Embed diagram .
The Embed diagram dialog opens.
3. If the embedding options are disabled, select the link Share diagram for read-only access to enable them.
4. On the Simple image tab, you'll find a diagram preview and the link containing the image in PNG format.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

314 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
5. To embed the image, paste the link into your web page.

The embedded diagram image is automatically updated when a change is made to the diagram.

If you want to use a specific diagram version as an image which never changes, you can export the diagram in
PNG or SVG format and use it in any context. Read more in section Export a diagram as an image [page 289].

21.3 Embedding Diagrams as HTML Code

You can embed a diagram using a HTML code snippet in a website or blog as an interactive element. The
advantage of this method over a picture export is that the most current version of the diagram is always
available on your page.

The following paragraph explains how to embed diagrams as an HTML code snippet into a blog or a web page
like Blogger, TypePad, or WordPress.

To embed a diagram in your website or blog, proceed as follows:

1. Select the diagram you want to embed in the Explorer.

2. Select Share Embed diagram . The Embed diagram dialog opens.
3. Open the Embedding tab and copy the HTML code snippet.

4. Paste the copied snippet in the desired location of the HTML code of your page or blog posts.
5. If the diagram is not shared for read access yet, choose Share document for read-only access .
If you select Stop sharing the diagram for read-only access in the embedding menu, the diagram will not be
available on the web page and on any other pages it was embedded in.
6. See a list of Supported blog and content management systems [page 318] to get an overview of supported
systems.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 315
  Note

The embedded diagram does not allow navigation to linked diagrams or linked documents. If you need
the viewers to be able to navigate to linked diagrams and documents, please use SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub.

The Diagram Preview

To embed your diagram optimally in your website, you have to option to alter the diagram's size and then to
check size and aspect ration in a preview.

1. Specify the desired Width and Height . By default, it is set to auto , so the size of the interactive element
adapts to the system it is embedded in.
2. Choose Preview to check the changes.

In the preview, HTML code is displayed in addition to the interactive element. A zoom slider and scrollbars are
added automatically.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

316 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide
Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 317
21.4 Supported Blog and Content Management Systems

You can embed SAP Signavio diagrams in all blog and content management systems that allow the embedding
of HTML snippets.

For example:

• Jira
• Confluence

You can also embed a diagram view of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub in 3rd-party applications.
These applications includes any system that allows embedding of HTML iframes .

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

318 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
22 Help and Support

There are several ways to find more information and get support for SAP Signavio Process Modeler.

Built-In Support

Built-In Support helps you get real-time support and find context-sensitive information. It provides simplified
guided support that allows you to search for knowledge directly within the application.

When you're signed in, you can open the Built-In Support panel by choosing  (Built-In Support) at the top
right of the screen. Enter one or more key words and choose from the results displayed in the right-side panel.
Filter the results by selecting  .

SAP Help Portal

You can find an overview of all related documentation at SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite.

SAP Signavio Support

To learn how to get your questions answered when using SAP Signavio products and how to create a support
case, see SAP Signavio Support.

SAP Support Portal

You can find onboarding and support information here:

• SAP Signavio Suite

• SAP Signavio Process Manager

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Help and Support PUBLIC 319
23 Workspace Administration

Workspace administrators have several tasks:

• managing workspace settings and user access

• enabling features
• integrating third party systems

The first user registering for a workspace is by default an administrator.

Administrator Profile

Workspace administrators have extensive rights and can make profound changes to the workspace. We
recommend to grant this role to users with solid IT skills who are familiar with both the SAP Signavio products
and BPMN.

Only users with a license for SAP Signavio Process Modeler can create administrator accountss.

It is important to communicate and document changes in workspace settings among your administrative team,
so that all administrators are up to date and can give accurate responses to user queries.

Add Administrators

To add or remove administrator permissions, add or remove the user to or from the user group Administrators.
Read more in section Create workspace administrators.

Get Started

To get started as a workspace administrator, see section Prepare your workspace - overview.

You find an overview of the most popular integration scenarios at System integration scenarios.

An overview of the SAP Signavio Process Modeler APIs is available in section API access.

You can learn how to view reports analyzing your workspace and process model usage in section Process
Model Dashboards.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

320 PUBLIC Workspace Administration
Next steps

• Prepare your workspace - overview

• Create workspace administrators
• System integration scenarios

Related Information

Prepare the workspace - overview

User Administration, Authentication, and Authorization
System Integration Scenarios

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

Workspace Administration PUBLIC 321
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

Hyperlinks
Some links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.
About the icons:

• Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your
agreements with SAP) to this:

• The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.

• SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any
damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

• Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering an SAP-hosted Web site. By using
such links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this
information.

Videos Hosted on External Platforms

Some videos may point to third-party video hosting platforms. SAP cannot guarantee the future availability of videos stored on these platforms. Furthermore, any
advertisements or other content hosted on these platforms (for example, suggested videos or by navigating to other videos hosted on the same site), are not within
the control or responsibility of SAP.

Beta and Other Experimental Features

Experimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by
SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use
the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.
The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your
feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.

Example Code
Any software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax
and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of
example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Bias-Free Language
SAP supports a culture of diversity and inclusion. Whenever possible, we use unbiased language in our documentation to refer to people of all cultures, ethnicities,
genders, and abilities.

SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide

322 PUBLIC Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
SAP Signavio Process Modeler User Guide
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 323
[Link]/contactsap

© 2025 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP
affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed
without prior notice.

Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors

contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.

These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for

informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any
kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or
omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or
SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and
services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty.

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as
their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP
SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All
other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their
respective companies.

Please see [Link] for

additional trademark information and notices.

THE BEST RUN